Phenyl-substituted pyrimidine compounds useful as kinase inhibitors

ABSTRACT

Compounds having the formula (I),  
                 
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, are useful as kinase inhibitors, wherein: 
         two of X 1 , X 2 , and X 3  are N, and the remaining one of X 1 , X 2 , and X 3  is —CR 1 ;    R 1  is hydrogen or —CN; and    N, G, Z, R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , and R 6  are described in the specification. Also disclosed are pharmaceutical compositions containing compounds of formula (I), and methods of treating conditions associated with the activity of p38 kinase and/or conditions associated with the activity of LIM kinase.

RELATED APPLICATION

This application claims a benefit of priority under Title 35 § 119(e) from U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/650,077, filed Feb. 4, 2005, the entire disclosure of which is herein incorporated by reference.

FIELD OF THE INVENTION

This invention relates to phenyl-substituted pyrimidine compounds, more particularly, to phenyl-substituted pyrimidine compounds useful for treating kinase-associated conditions, such as p38 kinase-associated conditions. The invention further pertains to pharmaceutical compositions containing at least one compound according to the invention useful for treating kinase-associated conditions, such as p38 kinase-associated conditions, and methods of inhibiting the activity of kinase in a mammal.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

Protein kinases, a class of enzymes that phosphorylate proteins, are involved in a wide variety of processes including the cell cycle and cellular signal pathways. Examples of protein kinases include p38 kinases and LIM kinases.

A large number of cytokines participate in the inflammatory response, including IL-1, IL-6, IL-8, and TNF-α. Overproduction of cytokines such as IL-1 and TNF-α are implicated in a wide variety of diseases, including inflammatory bowel disease, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, multiple sclerosis, endotoxin shock, osteoporosis, Alzheimer's disease, and congestive heart failure, among others [Henry et al., Drugs Fut., 24:1345-1354 (1999); Salituro et al., Curr. Med. Chem., 6:807-823 (1999)]. Evidence in human patients indicates that protein antagonists of cytokines are effective in treating chronic inflammatory diseases, such as, for example, monoclonal antibody to TNF-α (Enbrel) [Rankin et al., Br. J. Rheumatol., 34:334-342 (1995)], and soluble TNF-α receptor-Fc fusion protein (Etanercept) [Moreland et al., Ann. Intern. Med., 130:478-486 (1999)].

The biosynthesis of TNF-α occurs in many cell types in response to an external stimulus, such as, for example, a mitogen, an infectious organism, or trauma. Important mediators of TNF-α production include the mitogen-activated protein (MAP) kinases, a family of Ser/Thr protein kinases that activate their substrates by phosphorylation. The MAP kinases are activated in response to various stress stimuli, including but not limited to proinflammatory cytokines, endotoxin, ultraviolet light, and osmotic shock.

One important MAP kinase is p38 kinase, also known as cytokine suppressive anti-inflammatory drug binding protein (CSBP) or IK. Activation of p38 requires dual phosphorylation by upstream MAP kinase kinases (MKK3 and MKK6) on threonine and tyrosine within a Thr-Gly-Tyr motif characteristic of p38 isozymes. There are four known isoforms of p38, i.e., p38-α, p38β, p38γ, and p38δ. The α and β forms are expressed in inflammatory cells and are key mediators of TNF-α production. Inhibiting the p38α and β enzymes in cells results in reduced levels of TNF-α expression. Also, administering p38α and β inhibitors in animal models of inflammatory disease has proven that such inhibitors are effective in treating those diseases. Accordingly, the p38 enzymes serve an important role in inflammatory processes mediated by IL-1 and TNF-α.

Compounds that reportedly inhibit p38 kinase and cytokines such as IL-1 and TNF-α for use in treating inflammatory diseases are disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,277,989 and 6,130,235 to Scios, Inc; U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,147,080 and 5,945,418 to Vertex Pharmaceuticals Inc; U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,251,914, 5,977,103 and 5,658,903 to Smith-Kline Beecham Corp.; U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,932,576 and 6,087,496 to G.D. Searle & Co.; WO 00/56738 and WO 01/27089 to Astra Zeneca; WO 01/34605 to Johnson & Johnson; WO 00/12497 (quinazoline derivatives as p38 kinase inhibitors); WO 00/56738 (pyridine and pyrimidine derivatives for the same purpose); WO 00/12497 (discusses the relationship between p38 kinase inhibitors); WO 00/12074 (piperazine and piperidine compounds useful as p38 inhibitors), U.S. Pat. application publication No. US2002/0010170 A1, U.S. Pat. No. 6,670,357 (pyrrolotriazine compounds useful as p38 kinase inhibitors); WO 03/0099820 (aniline-substituted pyrazolo-pyrimidine compounds useful for treating p38 kinase-associated conditions); and WO 04/071440 (thiazolyl-based compounds useful for treating p38 kinase-associated conditions).

The metastasis of cancer cells involves the modulation of signal pathways that regulate the actin cytoskeleton. Cofilin, an actin binding protein, acts as a regulator of actin dynamics by promoting F-actin depolymerization. Kinases, such as LIM kinase 1 (LIMK1) and LIM kinase 2 (LIMK2), have been identified as participating in signal pathways affecting actin dynamics by deactivating cofilin. Over expression of LIMK1 has been found in invasive breast and prostate cancer cell lines [Yoshioka et al., Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 100(12) 7247-7252 (2003); Davila et al., J. Biol. Chem., 278(38) 36868-36875 (2003)]. Suppression of LIMK 2 expression has been found to limit migration of human fibrosarcoma cells [Suyama et al., J. Gene Med., 6:357-363 (2004). Accordingly, the inhibition of LIMK1 and/or LIMK2 enzymes have been suggested as targets for treating cancer, including reduction or prevention of metastasis.

The present invention provides certain phenyl-substituted pyrimidine compounds useful as kinase inhibitors, particularly kinases p38α and β, and/or LIM kinases, such as LIM kinase 1 and/or LIM kinase 2. JP2001089452 to Sankyo Co. Ltd, published Apr. 3, 2001 in Japanese, discloses certain phenyl-substituted pyrimidine compounds. JP2003206230 to Yamanouchi Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd., published Jul. 22, 2003 in Japanese, discloses cyano heterocyclic compounds, including certain phenyl-substituted cyano pyrimidine compounds, as a calcium channel blocking-drug. A method of treating a cyclin-dependent kinases (CDK) dependent or sensitive disorder and a method of treating viral disorders using 2-substituted 4-heteroarylpyrimidines, are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,531,479 and WO 2004/043467, respectively, to Cyclacel Ltd. Pyrazole compounds, including certain phenyl-substituted pyrimidine compounds, useful as protein kinase inhibitors, are disclosed in WO 02/22607 to Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated. Each of the patent applications, patents, and publications referred to herein is incorporated herein by reference.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

The instant invention generally pertains to compounds of formula (I),

wherein:

two of X₁, X₂, and X₃ are N, and the remaining one of X₁, X₂, and X₃ is —CR₁;

R₁ is hydrogen or —CN;

n is zero, 1, 2, or 3; and

wherein G, Z, R₂, R₃, R₄, R₅, and R₆ are defined herein below.

The invention further pertains to pharmaceutical compositions containing compounds of formula (I), and to methods of treating conditions associated with the activity of kinase, such as p38 (α and β), comprising administering to a mammal a pharmaceutically-acceptable amount of a compound of formula (I).

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

The following are definitions of terms used in the present specification. The initial definition provided for a group or term herein applies to that group or term throughout the present specification individually or as part of another group, unless otherwise indicated.

The terms “alkyl” and “alk” refers to a straight or branched chain alkane (hydrocarbon) radical containing from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Exemplary groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, isobutyl, pentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, heptyl, 4,4-dimethylpentyl, octyl, 2,2,4-trimethylpentyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, and the like.

“Substituted alkyl” refers to an alkyl group substituted with one or more substituents, preferably 1 to 4 substituents, at any available point of attachment on the alkyl straight or branched chain. Exemplary substituents include one or more of the following groups: halo (e.g., a single halo substituent or multiple halo substituents forming, in the latter case, groups such as a perfluoroalkyl group or an alkyl group bearing Cl₃ or CF₃), nitro, cyano, hydroxy, alkoxy, haloalkoxy (e.g., trifluoromethoxy), —O-aryl, —O-heterocyclo, —O-alkylene-aryl, —O-haloalkyl, alkylthio, carboxy (i.e., —COOH), alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, carbamoyl, substituted carbamoyl, carbamate, substituted carbamate, urea, substituted urea, amidinyl, substituted amindinyl, aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, —NR^(c)R^(d), —OC(═O)NR^(c)R^(d), —C(═O)NR^(c)R^(d), —NR^(e)C(═O)NR^(c)R^(d), —NR^(e)C(O)²—NR^(c)R^(d,) —N(R^(e))S(O)₂NR^(c)R^(d), —N(R^(e))P(O)₂NR^(c)R^(d), (wherein each of R^(c) and R^(d) is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, and heterocyclo, and R^(e) is hydrogen, alkyl, or phenyl); and —SR^(f), —S(═O)R^(g), —S(O)₂R^(g), —NR^(e)S(O)₂—R^(g), —P(O)₂—R^(g), —NR^(e)P(O)₂—R^(g), —NR^(e)C(═O)R^(f), —NR^(e)C(O)₂R^(f), —OC(═O)R^(f), —OC(═O)OR^(f), —C(═O)OR^(f) or —C(═O)R^(f) (wherein R^(e) is defined as immediately above, R^(f) is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl or heterocyclo, and R^(g) is alkyl, aryl, or heterocyclo). In the aforementioned substituents, in each instance, the alkyl, aryl, heterocyclo or cycloalkyl groups (R^(c), R^(d), R^(e), R^(f), and R^(g)) in turn can be optionally substituted with one to four, preferably one to three further groups, selected from R^(k), —O—R^(k), cyano, nitro, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, —NR^(k)R^(m), —OC(═O)NR^(k)R^(m), —C(═O)NR^(k)R^(m), —NR^(k)C(═O)R^(m), —SR^(k), —S(═O)R^(n), —S(O)₂R^(n), —OC(═O)R^(k), —C(═O)OR^(k), —C(═O)R^(k), phenyl, benzyl, phenyloxy, or benzyloxy, or a lower alkyl substituted with one to two of —O—R^(k), cyano, nitro, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, —NR^(k)R^(m), —OC(═O)NR^(k)R^(m), —C(═O)NR^(k)R^(m), —NR^(k)C(═O)R^(m), —SR^(k), —S(═O)R^(n), —S(O)₂R^(n), —OC(═O)R^(k), —C(═O)OR^(k), —C(═O)R^(k), phenyl, benzyl, phenyloxy, or benzyloxy, wherein R^(k) and R^(m) are selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl, hydroxy(lower alkyl), halo(lower alkyl), cyano(lower alkyl), and amino(lower alkyl), and R^(n) is lower alkyl.

When a subscript is used following a group, as in C₁₋₄alkyl, this refers to the number of carbon atoms that the group may contain, in addition to heteroatoms or other substituents. Thus, for example, C₁₋₄alkyl refers to alkyl groups having from one to four carbon atoms; —O—C₁₋₃alkyl (or —O—C₁₋₃alkoxy) refers to alkoxy groups having from one to three carbon atoms, i.e., methoxy, ethoxy and propoxy; and optionally-substituted C₁₋₄alkyl refers to alkyl groups of one to four carbon atoms optionally substituted with one to four groups selected from those recited above for substituted alkyl.

As used herein, “alkylene” refers to a bivalent alkyl radical having the general formula —(CH₂)_(n)—, where n is 1 to 10. Non-limiting examples include methylene, dimethylene, trimethylene, tetramethylene, pentamethylene, and hexamethylene. The term “lower alkylene” herein refers to those alkylene groups having from about 1 to about 6 carbon atoms. “Substituted alkylene” refers to an alkylene group substituted with one or more substituents, preferably 1 to 4 substituents, at any available point of attachment. Exemplary substituents include, but are not limited to alkyl, substituted alkyl, and those groups recited above as exemplary alkyl substituents.

When the term alkyl is used as a subscript following another particularly-named group, as in “arylalkyl,” “substituted arylalkyl,” “cycloalkylalkyl,” etc., or as in hydroxy(lower alkyl), this refers to an alkyl group having one or two (preferably one) substituents selected from the other, particularly-named group. Thus, for example, arylalkyl includes benzyl, biphenyl and phenylethyl. A “substituted arylalkyl” will be substituted on the alkyl portion of the radical with one or more groups selected from those recited above for alkyl, and/or will be substituted on the aryl portion of the radical with one or more groups selected from those recited below for substituted aryl.

The term “alkenyl” refers to a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon radical containing from 2 to 12 carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon double bond. Exemplary groups include ethenyl or allyl. “Substituted alkenyl” refers to an alkenyl group substituted with one or more substituents, preferably 1 to 4 substituents, at any available point of attachment. Exemplary substituents include, but are not limited to, alkyl, substituted alkyl, and those groups recited above as exemplary alkyl substituents.

The term “alkenylene” refers to a straight or branched chain bivalent hydrocarbon radical containing from 2 to 12 carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon double bond. Exemplary groups include ethenylene or allylene. “Substituted alkenylene” refers to an alkenylene group substituted with one or more substituents, preferably 1 to 4 substituents, at any available point of attachment. Exemplary substituents include, but are not limited to, alkyl, substituted alkyl, and those groups recited above as exemplary alkyl substituents.

The term “alkynyl” refers to a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon radical containing from 2 to 12 carbon atoms and at least one carbon to carbon triple bond. Exemplary groups include ethynyl. “Substituted alkynyl” refers to an alkynyl group substituted with one or more substituents, preferably 1 to 4 substituents, at any available point of attachment. Exemplary substituents include, but are not limited to, alkyl, substituted alkyl, and those groups recited above as exemplary alkyl substituents.

The term “alkynylene” refers to a straight or branched chain bivalent hydrocarbon radical containing from 2 to 12 carbon atoms and at least one carbon to carbon triple bond. Exemplary groups include ethynylene. “Substituted alkynylene” refers to an alkynylene group substituted with one or more substituents, preferably 1 to 4 substituents, at any available point of attachment. Exemplary substituents include, but are not limited to, alkyl, substituted alkyl, and those groups recited above as exemplary alkyl substituents.

The term “cycloalkyl” refers to a fully saturated cyclic hydrocarbon group containing from 1 to 3 rings and 3 to 8 carbons per ring. Exemplary groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl. The term “cycloalkyl” also includes groups having a carbon-carbon bridge of one to two bridgehead carbon atoms, and bicyclic and tricyclic groups in which at least one of the rings is a saturated, carbon-containing ring, in which case the second or third ring may be carbocyclic or heterocyclic, provided that the point of attachment is to the cycloalkyl group. The further rings may be attached to the saturated, carbon-containing ring in a spiro or fused fashion. “Substituted cycloalkyl” refers to a cycloalkyl group substituted with one or more substituents, preferably 1 to 4 substituents, at any available point of attachment. Exemplary substituents include, but are not limited to, alkyl, substituted alkyl, oxo(═O), and those groups recited above as exemplary alkyl substituents.

The term “cycloalkylene” refers to a bivalent cycloalkyl group as defined above. Exemplary groups include cyclopropylene, cyclobutylene, cyclopentylene and cyclohexylene. “Substituted cycloalkylene” refers to a cycloalkylene group substituted with one or more substituents, preferably 1 to 4 substituents, at any available point of attachment selected from those recited for substituted cycloalkyl.

The term “cycloalkenyl” refers to a partially unsaturated cyclic hydrocarbon group containing 1 to 3 rings and 4 to 8 carbons per ring. Exemplary groups include cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, and cyclohexenyl. The term “cycloalkenyl” also includes bicyclic and tricyclic groups in which at least one of the rings is a partially unsaturated, carbon-containing ring and the second or third ring may be carbocyclic or heterocyclic, provided that the point of attachment is to the cycloalkenyl group. “Substituted cycloalkenyl” refers to a cycloalkenyl group substituted with one or more substituents, preferably 1 to 4 substituents, at any available point of attachment selected from those recited above for cycloalkyl groups.

The term “cycloalkenylene” refers to a bivalent cycloalkenyl group, as defined above. Exemplary groups include cyclobutenylene, cyclopentenylene, and cyclohexenylene. “Substituted cycloalkenylene” refers to a cycloalkenylene group substituted with one or more substituents, preferably 1 to 4 substituents, at any available point of attachment, selected from those recited for substituted cycloalkyl.

The terms “alkoxy” or “alkylthio” refer to an alkyl group as described above bonded through an oxygen linkage (—O—) or a sulfur linkage (—S—), respectively. The terms “substituted alkoxy” or “substituted alkylthio” refer to a substituted alkyl group as described above bonded through an oxygen or sulfur linkage, respectively. “Thiol” refers to —SH.

The term “alkoxycarbonyl” refers to an alkoxy group bonded through a carbonyl group (i.e., —C(═O)—O-alkyl).

The term “alkylcarbonyl” refers to an alkyl group bonded through a carbonyl group (i.e., —C(═O)alkyl).

The term “alkylcarbonyloxy” refers to an alkylcarbonyl group bonded through an oxygen linkage (i.e., —O—C(═O)-alkyl).

The term “amido” refers to the group —NHC(═O)H, and amidinyl refers to the group —C(═NH)(NH₂). A “substituted amido” refers to the group —NR^(p)C(═O)R^(q), and a “substituted amidinyl” refers to the group —C(═NR^(p))(NR^(q)R^(r)), wherein R^(p), R^(q), and R^(r) are selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo, and substituted heterocyclo, provided that at least one of R^(p), R^(q), and R^(r) is other than hydrogen.

The term “aryl” encompasses monocyclic and polycyclic aryl groups. The term “monocyclic aryl” refers to phenyl, and the term “polycyclic aryl” refers to napthyl and anthracenyl, to phenyl rings having at least a second ring fused thereto, and to napthyl rings having a third ring fused thereto. In the case of a polycyclic aryl consisting of a phenyl ring having a second or third ring fused thereto, or a napthyl ring having a third ring fused thereto, the additional rings may be aromatic or non-aromatic carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings, provided that in such cases the point of attachment will be to the carbocyclic aromatic ring. Additionally, a ring carbon atom of the second and third further rings may be replaced with a carbonyl [—C(═O)group] (e.g., when such rings are non-aromatic). “Substituted aryl” refers to an aryl group substituted by one or more substituents, preferably 1 to 4 substituents (more preferably 1 or 2), at any point of attachment of any ring, selected from alkyl, substituted alkyl, and the substituents recited above for substituted alkyl groups.

Accordingly, examples of aryl groups include:

The term “arylene” refers to bivalent aryl groups as defined above.

“Carbamoyl” refers to the group —C(═O)—NR^(h)R^(i), wherein R^(h) and R^(i) are selected from hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, and heterocyclo.

“Carbamate” refers to the group —O—C(═O)—NR^(h)R^(i), and urea refers to the groups NH—C(═O)—NR^(h)R^(i) and N(alkyl)-C(═O)—NR^(h)R^(i) wherein R^(h) and R^(i) are selected from the same groups recited for carbamoyl.

“Substituted carbamoyl,” “substituted carbamate,” and “substituted urea” refer to the groups —C(═O)—NR^(h)R^(i), —O—C(═O)—NR^(h)R^(i), and —N(R^(j))—C(═O)—NR^(h)R^(i), respectively, wherein R^(h), R^(i), and R^(j) are selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo, and substituted heterocyclo, provided that at least one of R^(h), R^(i), and R^(j) is substituted alkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted aryl, or substituted heterocyclo.

The terms “heterocycle”, “heterocyclic” and “heterocyclo” refer to fully saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated, including aromatic (i.e., “heteroaryl”) cyclic groups (for example, 3 to 7 membered monocyclic, 7 to 11 membered bicyclic, or 10 to 16 membered tricyclic ring systems) which have at least one heteroatom in at least one carbon atom-containing ring. Thus, the term “heteroaryl” is a subset of heterocyclo groups. Each ring of the heterocyclic group containing a heteroatom may have 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms selected from nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms and/or sulfur atoms, where the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may optionally be oxidized and the nitrogen heteroatoms may optionally be quaternized. (The term “heteroarylium” refers to a heteroaryl group bearing a quaternary nitrogen atom and thus a positive charge.) Additionally, one or more (preferably one) carbon rings atoms of the heterocyclo ring may as valence allows be replaced with carbonyl group, i.e., —C(═O)—. The heterocyclic group may be attached to the remainder of the molecule at any heteroatom or carbon atom of the ring or ring system.

Exemplary monocyclic heterocyclic groups include ethylene oxide, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, oxetanyl, pyrazolinyl, imidazolyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, oxazolyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolinyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolyl, isothiazolidinyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuryl, thienyl, oxadiazolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 2-oxopiperazinyl, 2-oxopiperidinyl, 2-oxopyrrolodinyl, 2-oxoazepinyl, azepinyl, hexahydrodiazepinyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, tetrahydropyranyl, morpholinyl, thiamorpholinyl, thiamorpholinyl sulfoxide, thiamorpholinyl sulfone, 1,3-dioxolane and tetrahydro-1,1-dioxothienyl, and the like.

Exemplary bicyclic heterocyclic groups include indolyl, isoindolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzodioxolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, benzothienyl, quinuclidinyl, quinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzopyranyl, indolizinyl, benzofuryl, benzofurazanyl, chromonyl, coumarinyl, benzopyranyl, cinnolinyl, quinoxalinyl, indazolyl, pyrrolopyridyl, furopyridinyl (such as furo[2,3-c]pyridinyl, furo[3,2-b]pyridinyl] or furo[2,3-b]pyridinyl), dihydrobenzodioxinyl, dihydrodioxidobenzothiophenyl, dihydroisoindolyl, dihydroindolyl, dihydroquinolinyl, dihydroquinazolinyl (such as 3,4-dihydro-4-oxo-quinazolinyl), triazinylazepinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl and the like. Exemplary tricyclic heterocyclic groups include carbazolyl, benzidolyl, phenanthrolinyl, dibenzofuranyl, acridinyl, phenanthridinyl, xanthenyl and the like.

The term “heterocyclene” refers to bivalent heterocycle groups as defined above.

“Substituted heterocycle,” “substituted heterocyclic,” and “substituted heterocyclo” (such as “substituted heteroaryl”) refer to heterocycle, heterocyclic or heterocyclo groups substituted with one or more substituents, preferably 1 to 4 substituents, at any available point of attachment, wherein the substituents are selected from those recited above for substituted cycloalkyl groups.

The term “quaternary nitrogen” refers to a tetravalent positively charged nitrogen atom including, for example, the positively charged nitrogen in a tetraalkylammonium group (e.g., tetramethylammonium, N-methylpyridinium), the positively charged nitrogen in protonated ammonium species (e.g., trimethyl-hydroammonium, N-hydropyridinium), the positively charged nitrogen in amine N-oxides (e.g., N-methyl-morpholine-N-oxide, pyridine-N-oxide), and the positively charged nitrogen in an N-amino-ammonium group (e.g., N-aminopyridinium).

The term “heteroaryl” refers to five and six membered monocyclic aromatic heterocyclo groups, as well as bicyclic and tricyclic heterocyclic ring systems in which the point of attachment of the ring system to another group is via a five or six membered aromatic ring of the ring system. Thus, for example, the term heteroaryl includes groups such as five or six membered heteroaryl groups, such as thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, and the like, wherein fused rings completing bicyclic and tricyclic groups may contain only carbon atoms and may be saturated, partially saturated, or unsaturated. Heteroaryl groups which are bicyclic or tricyclic must include at least one fully aromatic ring but the other fused ring or rings may be aromatic or non-aromatic. The term “substituted heteroaryl” refers to five and six membered monocyclic aromatic heterocyclo groups substituted with one or more substituents, preferably 1 to 4 substituents, at any available point of attachment, wherein the substituents are selected from those recited above for substituted cycloalkyl groups.

Exemplary monocyclic heteroaryl groups include pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isothiazolyl, furanyl, thienyl, oxadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, and the like.

Exemplary bicyclic heteroaryl groups include indolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzodioxolyl, benzoxaxolyl, benzothienyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzopyranyl, indolizinyl, benzofuranyl, chromonyl, coumarinyl, benzopyranyl, cinnolinyl, quinoxalinyl, indazolyl, pyrrolopyridyl, furopyridinyl, and the like.

Exemplary tricyclic heteroaryl groups include carbazolyl, benzidolyl, phenanthrollinyl, acridinyl, phenanthridinyl, xanthenyl and the like.

The terms “halogen” or “halo” refer to chlorine, bromine, fluorine or iodine.

The terms “hydroxylamine” and “hydroxylamide” refer to the groups —NH—OH and —C(═O)—NH—OH, respectively.

The term “heteroatoms” shall include oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen.

The term “haloalkyl” means an alkyl having one or more halo substituents.

The term “haloalkoxy” means an alkoxy group having one or more halo substituents. For example, “haloalkoxy” includes —OCF₃.

The term “carbocyclic” means a saturated or unsaturated monocyclic or bicyclic ring in which all atoms of all rings are carbon. Thus, the term includes cycloalkyl and aryl rings. The carbocyclic ring may be substituted in which case the substituents are selected from those recited above for cycloalkyl and aryl groups.

When the term “unsaturated” is used herein to refer to a ring or group, the ring or group may be fully unsaturated or partially unsaturated.

When it is stated that a group may be optionally-substituted, this is intended to include unsubstituted groups and substituted groups wherein the substituents are selected from those recited above for the particularly named group. Thus, when reference is made to an optionally substituted aryl, this intended to refer to unsubstituted aryl groups, such as phenyl, or napthyl, and such groups having one or more (preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 or 2), substituents selected from alkyl, substituted alkyl, and those substituents recited for substituted alkyl groups. When the term “optionally substituted” precedes a Markush group, the term “optionally-substituted” is intended to modify each one of the species recited in the Markush group. Thus, for example, the phrase “optionally-substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle” includes aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycle, and substituted heterocycle.

Among the compounds of the invention, in the case of a compound which has a sulfide, the sulfur atom may be converted into oxido at an appropriate oxidation state, and all of these oxido derivatives are included herein.

“N-oxide” refers to compounds wherein the basic nitrogen atom of either a heteroaromatic ring or tertiary amine is oxidized to give a quaternary nitrogen bearing a positive formal charge and an attached oxygen atom bearing a negative formal charge.

“Solvate” refers to a molecular or ionic complex of molecules or ions of solvent with molecules or ions of solute.

When a functional group is termed “protected”, this means that the group is in modified form to mitigate, especially preclude, undesired side reactions at the protected site. Suitable protecting groups for the methods and compounds described herein include, without limitation, those described in standard textbooks, such as Greene, T. W. et al., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Wiley, N.Y. (1991).

Unless otherwise indicated, any heteroatom with unsatisfied valences is assumed to have hydrogen atoms sufficient to satisfy the valences.

Carboxylate anion refers to a negatively charged group —COO⁻.

The compounds of the present invention may form salts which are also within the scope of this invention. Pharmaceutically acceptable (i.e. non-toxic, physiologically acceptable) salts are preferred, although other salts are also useful, e.g., in isolating or purifying the compounds of this invention.

The compounds of the present invention may form salts with alkali metals such as sodium, potassium, and lithium, with alkaline earth metals such as calcium and magnesium, with organic bases such as dicyclohexylamine, tributylamine, pyridine, and amino acids such as arginine, lysine, and the like. Such salts can be formed as known to those skilled in the art.

The compounds of the present invention may form salts with a variety of organic and inorganic acids. Such salts include those formed with hydrogen chloride, hydrogen bromide, methanesulfonic acid, sulfuric acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, toluenesulfonic acid, and various others (e.g., nitrates, phosphates, borates, tartrates, citrates, succinates, benzoates, ascorbates, salicylates, and the like). Such salts can be formed as known to those skilled in the art. Salt forms of the compounds may be advantageous for improving the compound dissolution rate and oral bioavailability.

In addition, zwitterions (“inner salts”) may be formed.

All stereoisomers of the compounds of the instant invention are contemplated, either in admixture or in pure or substantially pure form. The definition of compounds according to the invention embraces all the possible stereoisomers and their mixtures. It embraces the racemic forms and the isolated optical isomers having the specified activity. The racemic forms can be resolved by physical methods, such as, for example, fractional crystallization, separation, or crystallization of diastereomeric derivatives or separation by chiral column chromatography. The individual optical isomers can be obtained from the racemates from the conventional methods, such as, for example, salt formation with an optically active acid followed by crystallization.

Compounds of the present invention may also have prodrug forms. Any compound that will be converted in vivo to provide the bioactive agent (i.e., the compound for formula I) is a prodrug within the scope and spirit of the invention.

Various forms of prodrugs are well known in the art. For examples of such prodrug derivatives, see:

a) Design of Prodrugs, edited by H. Bundgaard, (Elsevier, 1985) and Methods in Enzymology, Vol. 112, pp. 309-396, edited by K. Widder, et al. (Academic Press, 1985);

b) A Textbook of Drug Design and Development, edited by Krosgaard-Larsen and H. Bundgaard, Chapter 5, “Design and Application of Prodrugs,” by H. Bundgaard, pp. 113-191 (1991); and

c) H. Bundgaard, Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews, 8, pp. 1-38 (1992), each of which is incorporated herein by reference.

It should further be understood that solvates (e.g., hydrates) of the compounds of Formula (I) are also with the scope of the present invention. Methods of solvation are generally known in the art.

Preferred Compounds

The phenyl-substituted pyrimidine compounds of formula (I) include the compounds of formulae (Ia), (Ib), and (Ic),

The compounds of formula (Ia) are preferred for use in treating p38 kinase-associated conditions.

One nonlimiting embodiment provides phenyl-substituted pyrimidine compounds of formula (I) having the formula (II),

and enantiomers, diastereomers, pharmaceutically-acceptable salts, prodrugs, and solvates thereof, wherein:

two of X₁, X₂, and X₃ are N, and the remaining one of X₁, X₂, and X₃ is —CR₁;

R₁ is hydrogen or —CN;

n is zero, 1, 2, or 3;

each R₂ is independently C₁-C₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, —OR₄, —SR₄, —CO₂R₄, —C(═O)NR₄R₅, —NR₄R₅, —S(═O)R₆, —SO₂R₆, —SO₂NR₄R₅, —NR₄SO₂NR₅R₆, —NR₄SO₂R₆, —NR₄C(═O)R₅, —NR₄CO₂R₅, —NR₄C(═O)NR₅R₆, halogen, cyano, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo, and/or substituted heterocyclo;

G_(a) is a monocyclic five- or six-membered heteroaryl, which is optionally substituted with one to three R₃;

each R₃ is independently hydrogen, C₁-C₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, —OR₄, —SR₄, —CO₂R₄, —C(═O)NR₄R₅, —NR₄R₅, —S(═O)R₆, —SO₂R₆, —NR₄SO₂NR₅R₆, —NR₄SO₂R₆, —NR₄C(═O)R₅, —NR₄CO₂R₅, —NR₄C(═O)NR₅R₆, halogen, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo, and/or substituted heterocyclo;

each R₄ is independently hydrogen, C₁-C₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo, and/or substituted heterocyclo;

each R₅ is independently hydrogen, C₁-C₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkyl, and/or substituted cycloalkyl;

wherein when R₄ and R₅ are alkyl and/or substituted alkyl and are bonded to the same atom, R₄ and R₅ can be optionally linked together to form a four-, five-, or six-membered ring heterocyclo or substituted heterocyclo;

each R₆ is independently C₁₋₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo, and/or substituted heterocyclo;

wherein when R₅ and R₆ are alkyl and/or substituted alkyl and are bonded to the same atom, R₅ and R₆ can be optionally linked together to form a four-, five-, or six-membered ring heterocyclo or substituted heterocyclo;

Z_(a) is hydrogen, C₁-C₈ alkyl, C₁-C₈ substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, —OR₇, —SR₇, —CO₂R₇, —C(═O)NR₇R₈, —NR₇R₈, —S(═O)R₉, —SO₂R₈, —SO₂NR₇R₈, —NR₇SO₂NR₈R₉, —NR₇SO₂R₉, —NR₇C(═O)R₈, —NR₇CO₂R₈, —NR₇C(═O)NR₈R₉, halogen, cyano, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo, or substituted heterocyclo;

R₇ is hydrogen, C₁-C₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo, or substituted heterocyclo;

R₈ is hydrogen, C₁-C₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkyl, or substituted cycloalkyl;

wherein when R₇ and R₈ are alkyl and/or substituted alkyl and are bonded to the same atom, R₇ and R₈ can be optionally linked together to form a four-, five-, or six-membered ring heterocyclo or substituted heterocyclo;

R₉ is C₁-C₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo, or substituted heterocyclo; and

wherein when R₈ and R₉ are alkyl and are bonded to the same atom, R₈ and R₉ can be optionally linked together to form a four-, five-, or six-membered ring heterocyclo or substituted heterocyclo; with the provisos that:

(a) G_(a) is not thiazolyl with 4-methyl substitution or oxazolyl with 4-methyl substitution;

(b) G_(a) is not 2-pyridyl, substituted 2-pyridyl, or dichlorothienyl when Z_(a) is hydrogen;

(c) G_(a) is not substituted 2-pyridyl when Z is —OR₇ or chlorine;

(d) G_(a) is not:

wherein X is hydrogen or alkali, when Z_(a) is hydrogen and R₁ is hydrogen;

(e) G_(a) is not unsubstituted pyrazolyl or 4-pyridyl when n is zero and Z_(a) is hydrogen;

(f) G_(a) is not isoxazolyl substituted with phenyl or isoxazolyl substituted with substituted phenyl when n is 1, R₂ is chlorine, and Z_(a) is hydrogen;

(g) G_(a) is not 3-pyridyl or dichloro-4-pyridyl when Z_(a) is hydrogen, R₁ is hydrogen, and at least one R₂ is —C(═O)OX, wherein X is hydrogen or alkali;

(h) n is 1, 2, or 3 when R₁ is —CN;

(i) R₂ is not optionally substituted phenoxy attached at the para-position of the phenyl ring;

(j) R₇ is not pyrazolyl, substituted pyrazolyl, alkyl substituted triazolyl, indazolyl, or substituted indazolyl when Z_(a) is —NR₇R₈;

(k) Z_(a) is not NR₇R₈ when R₁ is —CN, and

(l) n is 1, 2, or 3 when Z is unsubstituted phenyl.

Preferred compounds of formula (Ia) include compounds wherein X₂ and X₃ are each N, and X₁ is —CR₁. More preferably, X₁ is —CH.

For example, the compounds of formula (Ia) may be provided wherein each R₂ is independently alkyl, halogen, or cyano. Preferably, at least one R₂ is located at the 2-position of the phenyl ring, represented by the compounds of formula (IIa),

wherein each R₂ is independently selected. Examples of the compounds of formula (IIa) include the compounds of formulae (IIb), (IIc), and (IId),

wherein each R₂ is independently selected. Preferred groups for the R₂ located in the 2-position of the phenyl ring include fluoro, chloro, alkyl such as methyl, cyano, and substituted alkyl wherein the substituent is —NHC(═O)R₅, —NHCO₂R₅, or —NHC(═O)NR₅R₆.

Examples of the compounds of formula (Ia) include compounds wherein G_(a) is a monocyclic five-membered heteroaryl, which is optionally substituted with one to three R₃. Preferably, G_(a) is selected from substituted or unsubstituted thiazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted thiadiazolyl, and substituted or unsubstituted oxadiazolyl, which include, for example,

More preferably, G_(a) is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazolyl. Still more preferably, G_(a) is a thiazolyl having a substituted amino group at the 2-position and a hydrogen at the 4-position, represented by

Most preferably, G_(a) is

Exemplary compounds of formula (Ia) include compounds wherein Z_(a) is —NR₄R₅, —NR₄SO₂NR₅R₆, or pyridyl.

In one embodiment, compounds of formula (Ia) are provided wherein:

n is 2 or 3;

each R₂ is independently halogen or ether, preferably halogen or alkyl ether, substituted alkyl ether, cycloalkyl ether, or substituted cycloalkyl ether;

each R₃ is independently —NR₄R₅, —NR₄C(═O)R₅, —NR₄CO₂R₅, and —NR₄C(═O)NR₅R₆, provided that:

when R₃ is —NR₄R₅, one of R₄ and R₅ is hydrogen and the other of R₄ and R₅ is alkyl or substituted alkyl;

when R₃ is —NR₄CO₂R₅ or —NR₄C(═O)R₅, R₅ is alkyl or substituted alkyl; and

when R₃ is —NR₄C(═O)NR₅R₆, R₅ is hydrogen and R₆ is alkyl or substituted alkyl;

each R₅ is hydrogen, C₁-C₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, C₁-C₈ cycloalkyl, and substituted C₁-C₈ cycloalkyl; and

Z_(a) is heterocyclo or substituted heterocyclo.

The compounds of this embodiment are useful for inhibiting LIMK1 and/or LIMK2 activity.

A different nonlimiting embodiment of the invention provides phenyl-substituted pyrimidine compounds of formula (I) having formula (Ib),

and enantiomers, diastereomers, pharmaceutically-acceptable salts, prodrugs, and solvates thereof, wherein:

two of X₁, X₂, and X₃ are N, and the remaining one of X₁, X₂, and X₃ is —CR₁;

R₁ is hydrogen or —CN;

n is zero, 1, 2, or 3;

each R₂ is independently C₁-C₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, —OR₄, —SR₄, —CO₂R₄, —C(═O)NR₄R₅, —NR₄R₅, —S(═O)R₆, —SO₂R₆, —SO₂NR₄R₅, —NR₄SO₂NR₅R₆, —NR₄SO₂R₆, —NR₄C(═O)R₅, —NR₄CO₂R₅, —NR₄C(═O)NR₅R₆, halogen, cyano, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo, and/or substituted heterocyclo;

G_(b) is —C(═O)NR₄R₅, —NR₄SO₂NR₅R₆, —NR₄SO₂R₆, —NR₄C(═O)R₅, —NR₄C(═O)NR₅R₆, or a monocyclic five- or six-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one to three R₃;

each R₃ is independently hydrogen, C₁-C₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, —OR₄, —SR₄, —CO₂R₄, —C(═O)NR₄R₅, —NR₄R₅, —S(═O)R₆, —SO₂R₆, —NR₄SO₂NR₅R₆, —NR₄SO₂R₆, —NR₄C(═O)R₅, —NR₄CO₂R₅, —NR₄C(═O)NR₅R₆, halogen, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo, and/or substituted heterocyclo;

each R₄ is independently hydrogen, C₁-C₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo, and/or substituted heterocyclo;

each R₅ is independently hydrogen, C₁-C₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkyl, and/or substituted cycloalkyl;

wherein when R₄ and R₅ are alkyl and/or substituted alkyl and are bonded to the same atom, R₄ and R₅ can be optionally linked together to form a four-, five-, or six-membered ring heterocyclo or substituted heterocyclo;

each R₆ is independently C₁-C₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo, and/or substituted heterocyclo;

wherein when R₅ and R₆ are alkyl and/or substituted alkyl and are bonded to the same atom, R₅ and R₆ can be optionally linked together to form a four-, five-, or six-membered ring heterocyclo or substituted heterocyclo;

Z_(b) is —NR₇R₈ or pyridyl, pyridazinyl, or pyrazinyl optionally substituted with one to three R₁₀;

R₇ is hydrogen, C₁-C₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo, or substituted heterocyclo;

R₈ is hydrogen, C₁-C₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkyl, or substituted cycloalkyl;

wherein when R₇ and R₈ are alkyl and/or substituted alkyl and are bonded to the same atom, R₇ and R₈ can be optionally linked together to form a four-, five-, or six-membered ring heterocyclo or substituted heterocyclo; and

each R₁₀ is independently halogen, cyano, C₁-C₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and/or substituted alkynyl;

with the provisos that:

(a) G_(b) is not thiazolyl with 4-methyl substitution or oxazolyl with 4-methyl substitution;

(b) n is 1, 2, or 3 when R₁ is —CN;

(c) R₇ is not pyrazolyl, substituted pyrazolyl, indazolyl, substituted indazolyl, or alkyl substituted triazolyl when Z_(b) is —NR₇R₈; and

(d) Z_(b) is not NR₇R₈ when R₁ is —CN.

Preferred compounds of formula (Ib) include compounds wherein X₂ and X₃ are each N, and X₁ is —CR₁. More preferably, X₁ is —CH.

For example, the compounds of formula (Ib) may be provided wherein each R₂ is independently alkyl, halogen, or cyano. More preferably, at least one R₂ is located at the 2-position of the phenyl ring, represented by the compounds of formula (IIe),

wherein each R₂ is independently selected. Examples of the compounds of formula (IIe) include the compounds of formulae (IIf), (IIg), and (IIh),

wherein each R₂ is independently selected. Preferred groups for the R₂ that is located at the 2-position of the phenyl ring include fluoro, chloro, alkyl such as methyl, cyano, and substituted alkyl wherein the substituent is —NHC(═O)R₅, —NHCO₂R₅, or —NHC(═O)NR₅R₆.

Examples of the compounds of formula (Ib) include compounds wherein G_(b) is selected from —C(═O)NR₄R₅, —NR₄SO₂NR₅R₆, —NR₄SO₂R₆, —NR₄C(═O)R₅, or —NR₄C(═O)NR₅R₆.

Other examples of the compounds of formula (Ib) include compounds wherein G_(b) is a monocyclic five- or six-membered heteroaryl, which is optionally substituted with one to three R₃. Preferably, G_(b) is a monocyclic five-membered heteroaryl, which is optionally substituted with one to three R₃. More preferably, G_(b) is selected from substituted or unsubstituted thiazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted thiadiazolyl, and substituted or unsubstituted oxadiazolyl, which include, for example,

Still more preferably, G_(b) is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazolyl. Even more preferably, G_(b) is a thiazolyl having a substituted amino group at the 2-position and a hydrogen at the 4-position, represented by

Most preferably, G_(b) is

Still other examples of the compounds of formula (Ib) include compounds wherein Z_(b) is —NR₄R₅.

Exemplary compounds of formula (Ib) include compounds wherein Z_(b) is pyridyl, pyridazinyl, or pyrazinyl, which is optionally substituted with one to three R₁₀.

In one embodiment, compounds of formula (Ib) are provided wherein:

n is 2 or 3;

each R₂ is independently halogen or ether, preferably halogen or alkyl ether, substituted alkyl ether, cycloalkyl ether, or substituted cycloalkyl ether;

G_(b) is a monocyclic five- or six-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one to three R₃;

each R₃ is independently —NR₄R₅, —NR₄C(═O)R₅, —NR₄CO₂R₅, and —NR₄C(═O)NR₅R₆, provided that:

when R₃ is —NR₄R₅, one of R₄ and R₅ is hydrogen and the other of R₄ and R₅ is alkyl or substituted alkyl;

when R₃ is —NR₄CO₂R₅ or —NR₄C(═O)R₅, R₅ is alkyl or substituted alkyl; and

when R₃ is —NR₄C(═O)NR₅R₆, R₅ is hydrogen and R₆ is alkyl or substituted alkyl;

each R₅ is hydrogen, C₁-C₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, C₁-C₈ cycloalkyl, and substituted C₁-C₈ cycloalkyl; and

Z_(b) is pyridyl, pyridazinyl, or pyrazinyl optionally substituted with one to three R₁₀.

Another nonlimiting embodiment of the invention provides phenyl-substituted pyrimidine compounds of formula (I) having the formula (Ic),

and enantiomers, diastereomers, pharmaceutically-acceptable salts, prodrugs, and solvates thereof, wherein:

two of X₁, X₂, and X₃ are N, and the remaining one of X₁, X₂, and X₃ is —CR₁;

R₁ is hydrogen or —CN;

n is zero, 1, 2, or 3;

each R₂ is independently C₁-C₈ alkyl, C₁-C₈ substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, —OR₄, —SR₄, —CO₂R₄, —C(═O)NR₄R₅, —NR₄R₅, —S(═O)R₆, —SO₂R₆, —SO₂NR₄R₅, —NR₄SO₂NR₅R₆, —NR₄SO₂R₆, —NR₄C(═O)R₅, —NR₄CO₂R₅, —NR₄C(═O)NR₅R₆, halogen, cyano, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo, and/or substituted heterocyclo;

each R₄ is independently hydrogen, C₁-C₈ alkyl, C₁-C₈ substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo, and/or substituted heterocyclo;

each R₅ is independently hydrogen, C₁-C₈ alkyl, and/or C₁-C₈ substituted alkyl;

wherein when R₄ and R₅ are alkyl and/or substituted alkyl and are bonded to the same atom, R₄ and R₅ can be optionally linked together to form a four-, five-, or six-membered ring heterocyclo or substituted heterocyclo; and

each R₆ is independently C₁-C₈ alkyl, C₁-C₈ substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo, and/or substituted heterocyclo;

wherein when R₅ and R₆ are alkyl and/or substituted alkyl and are bonded to the same atom, R₅ and R₆ can be optionally linked together to form a four-, five-, or six-membered ring heterocyclo or substituted heterocyclo;

G_(c) is —C(═O)NR₄R₅, —NR₄SO₂NR₅R₆, —NR₄SO₂R₆, —NR₄C(═O)R₅, or —NR₄C(═O)NR₅R₆;

Z_(c) is hydrogen, C₁-C₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, —OR₇, —SR₇, —CO₂R₇, —C(═O)NR₇R₈, —NR₇R₈, —S(═O)R₉, —SO₂R₉, —SO₂NR₇R₈, —NR₇SO₂NR₈R₉, —NR₇SO₂R₉, —NR₇C(═O)R₈, —NR₇CO₂R₈, —NR₇C(═O)NR₈R₉, halogen, cyano, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo, and/or substituted heterocyclo;

R₇ is hydrogen, C₁-C₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo, or substituted heterocyclo;

R₈ is hydrogen, C₁-C₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkyl, or substituted cycloalkyl;

wherein when R₇ and R₈ are alkyl or substituted alkyl and are bonded to the same atom, R₇ and R₈ can be optionally linked together to form a four-, five-, or six-membered ring heterocyclo or substituted heterocyclo;

R₉ is C₁-C₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo, or substituted heterocyclo; and

wherein when R₈ and R₉ are alkyl or substituted alkyl and are bonded to the same atom, R₈ and R₉ can be optionally linked together to form a four-, five-, or six-membered ring heterocyclo or substituted heterocyclo; with the provisos that:

(a) when R₁ is —CN and G_(c) is —NR₄C(═O)R₅, then R₅ is hydrogen;

(b) R₂ is not optionally substituted p-phenoxy; and

(c) n is 1, 2, or 3 when Z is unsubstituted phenyl.

For example, compounds of formula (Ic) include compounds wherein X₂ and X₃ are each N, and X₁ is —CR₁. Preferably, X₁ is —CH.

Exemplary compounds of formula (Ic) include compounds wherein each R₂ is independently alkyl, halogen, or cyano. Preferably, at least one R₂ is located at the 2-position of the phenyl ring, represented by the compounds of formula (IIi),

wherein each R₂ is independently selected. Examples of the compounds of formula (IIi) include the compounds of formulae (IIj), (IIk), and (IIm),

wherein each R₂ is independently selected. Preferred groups for the R₂ that is located at the 2-position of the phenyl ring include fluoro, chloro, methyl, cyano, and substituted alkyl wherein the substituent is —NHC(═O)R₅, —NHCO₂R₅, or —NHC(═O)NR₅R₆.

For example, the compounds of formula (Ic) may be provided wherein G_(c) is selected from —NR₇SO₂NR₈R₉ and —NR₈SO₂R₉; and more preferably G_(c) is —NR₇SO₂NR₈R₉.

Other examples of the compounds of formula (Ic) include compounds wherein Z_(c) is a heterocyclo or substituted heterocyclo. Preferably, Z_(c) is a monocyclic five- or six-membered heteroaryl, which is optionally substituted with one to three R₃. More preferably, Z_(c) is a monocyclic five-membered heteroaryl, which is optionally substituted with one to three R₃. Preferred monocyclic five-membered heteroaryl groups for Z_(c) include substituted or unsubstituted thiazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted thiadiazolyl, and substituted or unsubstituted oxadiazolyl, such as, for example,

Still more preferably, Z_(c) is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazolyl. Even more preferably, Z_(c) is a thiazolyl having a substituted amino group at the 2-position and a hydrogen at the 4-position, represented by

Most preferably, Z_(c) is

Utility

The compounds of the invention are selective inhibitors of kinases, for example, p38 kinases such as the isoforms p38α and p38β, and/or LIM kinases, such as LIM kinase 1 (LIMK1) and LIM kinase 2 (LIMK2).

Particular compounds of this invention have utility in treating conditions associated with p38 kinase activity. Such conditions include diseases or disorders in which cytokine levels are modulated as a consequence of intracellular signaling via p38, and in particular, diseases that are associated with an overproduction of cytokines IL-1, IL-4, IL-8, and TNF-α. As used herein, the terms “treating” or “treatment” encompass responsive and/or prophylaxis measures addressed to the disease state and/or its symptoms, e.g., measures designed to inhibit or delay the onset of the disease or disorder, achieve a full or partial reduction of the symptoms or disease state, and/or alleviate, lessen, or cure the disease and/or its symptoms. When reference is made herein to inhibition of “p-38α/β kinase,” this means that either or both p38α and p38β kinase are inhibited. In view of their activity as inhibitors of p-38α/β kinase, compounds of formula (I) are useful in treating inflammatory diseases, autoimmune diseases, destructive bone disorders, proliferative disorders, angiogenic disorders, infectious diseases, neurodegenerative diseases, viral diseases, and ischemia reperfusion conditions.

More particularly, the inventive compounds may be used to treat inflammatory diseases including, but not limited to, arthritis (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis, lyme disease arthritis, osteoarthritis, traumatic arthritis, rubella arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, gouty arthritis, and other arthritic conditions); glomerulonephritis, pancreatitis (acute or chronic), diabetes, diabetic retinopathy, macular degeneration, conjunctivitis, aplastic anemia, thrombocytopenia, gastritis, chronic thyroiditis, chronic active hepatitis, multiple sclerosis, inflammatory bowel disease, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, cachexia (including cachexia secondary to infection, cancer, or heart disease), periodontal disease, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, keloid formation, pulmonary sarcoidosis, myasthenia gravis, inflammatory reaction induced by endotoxin, Reiter's syndrome, gout, acute synovitis, diseases characterized by massive neutrophil infiltration, ankylosing spondylitis, influenza, cerebral malaria, silicosis, bone resorption disease, fever, myalgias due to infection, osteoporosis, multiple myeloma-related bone disorder, neurodegenerative disease caused by traumatic injury, and traumatic brain injury.

The inventive compounds may also be used to treat acute or chronic graft vs host reactions (e.g., pancreatic islet allograft), acute or chronic transplant rejection (e.g., kidney, liver, heart, lung, pancreas, bone marrow, cornea, small bowel, skin allografts, skin homografts, heterografts, and/or cells derived from such organs), and skin conditions including, but not limited to scar tissue formation, eczema, atopic dermatitis, contact dermatitis, urticaria, schleroderma, scleraclerma, and psoriasis. The inventive compounds also may be used to treat allergies and respiratory conditions, including asthma, acute respiratory distress syndrome, hayfever, allergic rhinitis, and any chronic pulmonary inflammatory disease such as chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. The compounds further may be used to treat steroid resistance in asthma and allergies.

Additionally, the inventive compounds may be used to treat inflammation associated with autoimmune diseases including, but not limited to, systemic lupus erythematosis, Addison's disease, autoimmune polyglandular disease (also known as autoimmune polyglandular syndrome), and Grave's disease. The inventive compounds may be used to treat infectious diseases such as sepsis, septic shock, Shigellosis, and Helicobacter Pylori.

The compounds may be used to treat viral diseases including herpes simplex type 1 (HSV-1), herpes simplex type 2 (HSV-2), cytomegalovirus, Epstein-Barr, human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), acute hepatitis infection (including hepatitis A, hepatitis B, and hepatitis C), HIV infection and CMV retinitis, AIDS, ARC, or malignancy, and herpes.

The inventive compounds also may be used to treat angiogenic disorders including solid tumors, ocular neovasculization, and infantile haemangiomas.

The inventive compounds also may be used to treat cancer including breast cancer.

In one embodiment, the compounds of this invention are used to treat a disease or condition selected from asthma, adult respiratory distress syndrome, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, chronic pulmonary disease, diabetes, inflammatory bowel disease, osteoporosis, graft vs. host rejection, atherosclerosis, and arthritis.

In addition, p38 inhibitors of this invention inhibit the expression of inducible pro-inflammatory proteins such as prostaglandin endoperoxide synthase-2 (PGHS-2), also referred to as cyclooxygenase-2 (COX-2). Accordingly, additional conditions that may be treated with the inventive compounds include edema, analgesia, and pain, such as neuromuscular pain, headache, pain caused by cancer or surgery, dental pain and arthritis pain. In view of their COX-2 inhibitory activity, the inventive compounds also may be used to treat cancer including without limitation epithelial cancer and adenocarcinoma.

Additionally, the compounds of this invention are useful to treat ischemia, including ischemia resulting from vascular occlusion, cerebral infarction, stroke, and related cerebral vascular diseases (including cerebrovascular accident and transient ischemic attack). Accordingly, the compounds may be used to treat myocardial infarction (MI), coronary artery disease, non-Q wave MI, congestive heart failure, ventricular hypertrophy, cardiac arrhythmias, unstable angina, chronic stable angina, Prinzmetal's angina, high blood pressure, intermittent claudication, silent ischemia, cardiac hypertrophy, and peripheral occlusive arterial disease (e.g., peripheral arterial disease, critical leg ischemia, prevention of amputation, and prevention of cardiovascular morbidity such as MI, stroke or death).

Additionally, in view of their activity in treating ischemia, the compounds of the invention may be useful to treat symptoms or consequences occurring from thrombosis, atherosclerosis, peripheral arterial disease, and thrombotic or thromboembolic symptoms or consequences associated with and/or caused by one or more of the following: thromboembolic stroke (including that resulting from atrial fibrillation or from ventricular or aortic mural thrombus), venous thrombosis (including deep vein thrombosis), arterial thrombosis, cerebral thrombosis, pulmonary embolism, cerebral embolism, thrombophilia (e.g., Factor V Leiden, and homocystinenimia), coagulation syndromes and coagulopathies (e.g., disseminated intravascular coagulation), restenosis (e.g., following arterial injury induced endogenously or exogenously), atrial fibrillation, and ventricular enlargement (including dilated cardiac myopathy and heart failure). The compounds of the invention also may be used to treat symptoms or consequences of atherosclerotic diseases and disorders, such as atherosclerotic vascular disease, atherosclerotic plaque rupture, atherosclerotic plaque formation, transplant atherosclerosis, and vascular remodeling atherosclerosis. The compounds of the invention further may be used to treat symptoms or consequences of thrombotic or thromboembolic conditions associated with cancer, surgery, inflammation, systematic infection, artificial surfaces (such as stents, blood oxygenators, shunts, vascular access ports, vascular grafts, artificial valves, etc.), interventional cardiology such as percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty (PTCA), immobility, medication (such as oral contraceptives, hormone replacement therapy, and heparin), pregnancy and fetal loss, and diabetic complications including retinopathy, nephropathy, and neuropathy.

The compounds of the present invention may be used for the preservation of tissue, for example, the preservation of tissue as relates to organ transplantation and surgical manipulation. The compounds may be used to treat diseases or disorders in other tissues or muscles that are associated with ischemic conditions and/or to enhance the strength or stability of tissue and muscles. For example, the compounds may be used to treat muscle cell damage and/or necrosis.

Additional diseases and disorders that may be treated with the inventive compounds include irritable bowel syndrome, CNS disorders associated with cerebral ischemia, such as cerebral infarction, cerebral edema and the like, and diseases associated with proliferation of smooth muscle cells, mesangial cells, and fibroblasts. Such diseases include renal fibrosis, hepatic fibrosis, prostate hypertrophy, and pulmonary fibrosis.

The inventive compounds also may be used to treat veterinary viral infections, such as lentivirus infections, including, but not limited to, equine infectious anemia virus; or retro virus infections, including feline immunodeficiency virus, bovine immunodeficiency virus, and canine immunodeficiency virus.

When the terms “p38 associated condition” or “p38 associated disease or disorder” are used herein, each is intended to encompass all of the conditions identified above as if repeated at length, as well as any other condition that is modulated by p38 kinase activity. The present invention thus provides methods for treating such conditions, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of at least one compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt, hydrate, or prodrug thereof. The methods of treating p38 kinase-associated conditions may comprise administering compounds of formula (I) alone or in combination with each other and/or other suitable therapeutic agents such as anti-inflammatory drugs, antibiotics, anti-viral agents, anti-oxidants, cholesterol/lipid lowering agents, anti-tumor agents including antiproliferative agents, and agents used to treat ischemia.

Further, particular compounds of this invention have utility in treating conditions associated with LIM kinase activity. Such conditions include diseases or disorders in which actin levels are modulated as a consequence of inhibition of the actin depolymerizing protein cofilin by LIM kinases, and in particular, diseases that are associated with the overproduction of LIMK1 and/or LIMK2. In view of their activity as inhibitors of LIMK1 and LIMK2, particular compounds of this invention are thus useful in the treatment of a variety of cancers, including (but not limited to) the following:

carcinoma, including that of the bladder, breast, colon, kidney, liver, lung, ovary, pancreas, stomach, cervix, thyroid and skin, including squamous cell carcinoma;

hematopoietic tumors of lymphoid lineage, including leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, B-cell lymphoma, T-cell lymphoma, Hodgkins lymphoma, non-Hodgkins lymphoma, hairy cell lymphoma and Burketts lymphoma;

hematopoietic tumors of myeloid lineage, including acute and chronic myelogenous leukemias and promyelocytic leukemia;

tumors of mesenchymal origin, including fibrosarcoma and rhabdomyoscarcoma;

other tumors, including melanoma, seminoma, teratocarcinoma, neuroblastoma and glioma;

tumors of the central and peripheral nervous system, including astrocytoma, neuroblastoma, glioma, and schwannomas;

tumors of mesenchymal origin, including fibrosarcoma, rhabdomyoscaroma, and osteosarcoma; and

other tumors, including melanoma, xeroderma pigmentosum, keratoacanthoma, seminoma, thyroid follicular cancer and teratocarcinoma.

The phenyl-substituted pyrimidine compounds of this invention may also inhibit tumor angiogenesis, thereby affecting the growth of tumors. Such anti-angiogenesis properties of the phenyl-substituted pyrimidine compounds of this invention may also be useful in the treatment of certain forms of blindness related to retinal vascularization, arthritis, especially inflammatory arthritis, multiple sclerosis, restinosis and psoriasis.

The phenyl-substituted pyrimidine compounds of this invention may induce or inhibit apoptosis, a physiological cell death process critical for normal development and homeostasis. Alterations of apoptotic pathways contribute to the pathogenesis of a variety of human diseases. The phenyl-substituted pyrimidine compounds of this invention, as modulators of apoptosis, will be useful in the treatment of a variety of human diseases with aberrations in apoptosis including cancer (particularly, but not limited to follicular lymphomas, carcinomas with p53 mutations, tumors of the breast, prostate and ovary, and precancerous lesions such as familial adenomatous polyposis).

On a different embodiment, a method is provided for treating cancer comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of this invention, wherein the cancer is selected from breast cancer and prostate cancer.

Further, the particular compounds of this invention have utility in treating conditions associated with LIM kinase activity relating to T-cell activation, such as immunological conditions.

Particular compounds of this invention may have utility in treating cardiovascular conditions associated with LIM kinase activity. Examples of cardiovascular conditions include ischemia, thrombosis, atherosclerosis, peripheral arterial disease, and thrombotic or thromboembolic symptoms, as disclosed hereinabove.

When the terms “LIMK associated condition”, “LIM kinase associated condition”, “LIMK associated disease or disorder”, or “LIM kinase associated disease or disorder” are used herein, each is intended to encompass all of the conditions identified above as if repeated at length, as well as any other condition that is modulated by LIM kinase 1 and/or LIM kinase 2 activity. The present invention thus provides methods for treating such conditions, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of at least one compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt, hydrate, or prodrug thereof. The methods of treating LIM kinase-associated conditions may comprise administering compounds of formula (I) alone or in combination with each other and/or other suitable therapeutic agents such as anti-inflammatory drugs, antibiotics, anti-viral agents, anti-oxidants, cholesterol/lipid lowering agents, other anti-tumor agents including other antiproliferative agents, and agents used to treat ischemia.

Examples of suitable other anti-inflammatory agents with which the inventive compounds may be used include aspirin, cromolyn, nedocromil, theophylline, zileuton, zafirlukast, monteleukast, pranleukast, indomethacin, and lipoxygenase inhibitors; non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) (such as ibuprofen and naproxin); TNF-α inhibitors (such as tenidap and rapamycin or derivatives thereof), or TNF-α antagonists (e.g., infliximab, enbrel, D2E7, OR1384), cytokine modulators (e.g. TNF-alpha converting enzyme [TACE] inhibitors, Interleukin-1 converting enzyme (ICE) inhibitors, Interleukin-1 receptor antagonists), prednisone, dexamethasone, Enbrel®, cyclooxygenase inhibitors (i.e., COX-1 and/or COX-2 inhibitors such as Naproxen® or Celebrex®), CTLA4-Ig agonists/antagonists (LEA29Y), CD40 ligand antagonists, IMPDH inhibitors (such as mycophenolate [CellCept®] and VX-497), integrin antagonists, alpha-4 beta-7 integrin antagonists, cell adhesion inhibitors, interferon gamma antagonists, ICAM-1, prostaglandin synthesis inhibitors, budesonide, clofazimine, CNI-1493, CD4 antagonists (e.g., priliximab), other p38 mitogen-activated protein kinase inhibitors, protein tyrosine kinase (PTK) inhibitors, IKK inhibitors, therapies for the treatment of irritable bowel syndrome (e.g., Zelmac®, Zelnorm®n, and Maxi-K® openers such as those disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,184,231 B1), or other NF-κB inhibitors (such calphostin, CSAIDs, and quinoxalines as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,200,750); corticosteroids (such as beclomethasone, triamcinolone, budesonide, fluticasone, flunisolide, dexamethasone, prednisone, and dexamethasone); disassociated steroids; chemokine receptor modulators (including CCR1, CCR2, CCR3, CCR4, and CXCR2 receptor antagonists); secretory and cytosolic phospholipase A2 inhibitors, VLA4 antagonists, glucocorticoids, salicylates, nitric oxide, and other immunosuppressants; and nuclear translocation inhibitors, such as deoxyspergualin (DSG).

To treat pain, the inventive compounds may be used in combination with aspirin, NSAIDs, or with 5-HT I receptor agonists such as buspirone, sumitriptan, eletriptan or rizatriptan.

Examples of suitable antibiotics with which the inventive compounds may be used include β-lactams (e.g., penicillins, cephalosporins and carbopenams); β-lactam and lactamase inhibitors (e.g., augamentin); aminoglycosides (e.g., tobramycin and streptomycin); macrolides (e.g., erythromycin and azithromycin); quinolones (e.g., cipro and tequin); peptides and deptopeptides (e.g. vancomycin, synercid and daptomycin) metabolite-based anti-biotics (e.g., sulfonamides and trimethoprim); polyring systems (e.g., tetracyclins and rifampins); protein synthesis inhibitors (e.g., zyvox, chlorophenicol, clindamycin, etc.); and nitro-class antibiotics (e.g., nitrofurans and nitroimidazoles).

Examples of suitable antiviral agents for use with the inventive compounds include nucleoside-based inhibitors, protease-based inhibitors, and viral-assembly inhibitors.

Examples of suitable anti-osteoporosis agents for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include alendronate, risedronate, PTH, PTH fragment, raloxifene, calcitonin, RANK ligand antagonists, calcium sensing receptor antagonists, TRAP inhibitors, selective estrogen receptor modulators (SERM) and AP-1 inhibitors.

Examples of suitable anti-oxidants for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include lipid peroxidation inhibitors such as probucol, BO-653, Vitamin A, Vitamin E, AGI-1067, and α-lipoic acid.

A further use of the compounds of this invention is in combination with steroidal or non-steroidal progesterone receptor agonists (“PRA”), such as levonorgestrel and medroxyprogesterone acetate (MPA).

The inventive compounds also may be used in combination with anti-diabetic agents, such as biguanides (e.g. metformin), glucosidase inhibitors (e.g. acarbose), insulins (including insulin secretagogues or insulin sensitizers), meglitinides (e.g. repaglinide), sulfonylureas (e.g., glimepiride, glyburide and glipizide), biguanide/glyburide combinations (e.g., glucovance), thiozolidinediones (e.g. troglitazone, rosiglitazone and pioglitazone), PPAR-alpha agonists, PPAR-gamma agonists, PPAR alpha/gamma dual agonists, SGLT2 inhibitors, inhibitors of fatty acid binding protein (aP2) such as those disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,548,529 and assigned to the present assignee, glucagon-like peptide-1 (GLP-1), glucagon phosphorylase, and dipeptidyl peptidase IV (DP4) inhibitors.

In addition, the compounds may be used with agents that increase the levels of cAMP or cGMP in cells for a therapeutic benefit. For example, the compounds of the invention may have advantageous effects when used in combination with phosphodiesterase inhibitors, including PDE1 inhibitors (such as those described in Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, Vol. 40, pp. 2196-2210 [1997]), PDE2 inhibitors, PDE3 inhibitors (such as revizinone, pimobendan, or olprinone), PDE4 inhibitors (such as rolipram, cilomilast, or piclamilast), PDE7 inhibitors, or other PDE inhibitors such as dipyridamole, cilostazol, sildenafil, denbutyline, theophylline (1,2-dimethylxanthine), ARIFLO™ (i.e., cis-4-cyano-4-[3-(cyclopentyloxy)-4-methoxyphenyl]cyclohexane-1-carboxylic acid), arofyline, roflumilast, C-11294A, CDC-801, BAY-19-8004, cipamrfylline, SCH351591, YM-976, PD-189659, mesiopram, pumafentrine, CDC-998, IC-485, and KW-4490.

The inventive compounds may also be useful in combination with other anticancer strategies and chemotherapies such as taxol and/or cisplatin. The compounds may be used in conjunction with antitumor agents such as paclitaxel, adriamycin, epothilones, cisplatin, and carboplatin.

In view of their usefulness in treating ischemia, the inventive compounds may be used in combination with agents for inhibiting F₁F₀-ATPase, including efrapeptin, oligomycin, autovertin B, azide, and compounds described in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2004/0039033A1 and assigned to the present assignee; alpha- or beta-adrenergic blockers (such as propranolol, nadolol, carvedilol, and prazosin), or β-adrenergic agonists (such as albuterol, terbutaline, formoterol, salmeterol, bitolterol, pilbuterol, and fenoterol); antianginal agents such as nitrates, for example, sodium nitrates, nitroglycerin, isosorbide mononitrate, isosorbide dinitrate, and nitrovasodilators; antiarrhythmic agents including Class I agents (such as propafenone); Class II agents (propranolol); Class III agents (such as sotalol, dofetilide, amiodarone, azimilide and ibutilide); Class IV agents (such as ditiazem and verapamil); K⁺ channel modulators such as I_(Ach) inhibitors and inhibitors of the K_(v)1 subfamily of K⁺ channel openers such as I_(Kur) inhibitors (e.g., compounds disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,706,720); and gap-junction modulators such as connexions; anticoagulant or antithrombotic agents including aspirin, warfarin, ximelagtran, low molecular weight heparins (such as lovenox, enoxaparain, and dalteparin), anti-platelet agents such as GPIIb/GPIIIa blockers, (e.g., abciximab, eptifibatide, and tirofiban), thromboxane receptor antagonists (e.g., ifetroban), P2Y₁ and P2Y₁₂ antagonists (e.g., clopidogrel, ticlopidine, CS-747, and aspirin/clopidogrel combinations), and Factor Xa inhibitors (e.g., fondaprinux); and diuretics such as sodium-hydrogen exchange inhibitors, chlorothiazide, hydrochlorothiazide, flumethiazide, hydroflumethiazide, bendroflumethiazide, methylchlorothiazide, trichloromethiazide, polythiazide, benzthiazide, ethacrynic acid tricrynafen, chlorthalidone, furosemide, musolimine, bumetamide, triamtrenene, and amiloride.

Additionally, the inventive compounds may be used in combination with lipid profile modulators and antiatherosclerotic agents including HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors (e.g., pravastatin, simvastatin, atorvastatin, fluvastatin, cerivastatin, AZ4522, itavastatin [Nissan/Kowa]), ZD-4522 (a.k.a. rosuvastatin, atavastatin or visastatin), pravachol, squalene synthetase inhibitors, fibrates, bile acid sequestrants (such as questran), niacin and niacin/statin combinations, lipooxygenase inhibitors, ileal Na⁺/bile acid cotransporter inhibitors, ACAT1 inhibitors, ACAT2 inhibitors, dual ACAT1/2 inhibitors, microsomal triglyceride transport protein inhibitors (such as disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,739,135, 5,712,279, and 5,760,246), cholesterol absorption inhibitors (such as Zetia®), cholesterol ester transfer protein inhibitors (e.g., CP-529414), PPAR-delta agonists, PPAR-alpha agonists, dual PPAR-alpha/delta agonists, LXR-alpha agonists, LXR-beta agonists, LXR dual alpha/beta agonists, and SCAP modulators.

The combination of the inventive compounds with other therapeutic agents may prove to have additive and synergistic effects. The combination may be advantageous to increase the efficacy of the administration or decrease the dosage to reduce possible side-effects.

The above other therapeutic agents, when employed in combination with the compounds of the present invention, may be used, for example, in those amounts indicated in the Physicians' Desk Reference (PDR) or as otherwise determined by one of ordinary skill in the art. In the methods of the present invention, such other therapeutic agent(s) may be administered prior to, simultaneously with, or following the administration of the inventive compounds.

The present invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions capable of treating p38-kinase associated conditions, including TNF-α, IL-1, and/or IL-8 mediated conditions, as described above. The inventive compositions may contain other therapeutic agents as described above. Pharmaceutical compositions may be formulated by employing conventional solid or liquid vehicles or diluents, as well as pharmaceutical additives of a type appropriate to the mode of desired administration (e.g., excipients, binders, preservatives, stabilizers, flavors, etc.) according to techniques such as those well known in the art of pharmaceutical formulations.

The compounds of formula (I) may be administered by any means suitable for the condition to be treated, which may depend on the need for site-specific treatment or quantity of drug to be delivered. Topical administration is generally preferred for skin-related diseases, and systematic treatment preferred for cancerous or pre-cancerous conditions, although other modes of delivery are contemplated. For example, the compounds may be delivered orally, such as in the form of tablets, capsules, granules, powders, or liquid formulations including syrups; topically, such as in the form of solutions, suspensions, gels or ointments; sublingually; bucally; parenterally, such as by subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular or intrasternal injection or infusion techniques (e.g., as sterile injectable aq. or non-aq. solutions or suspensions); nasally such as by inhalation spray; topically, such as in the form of a cream or ointment; rectally such as in the form of suppositories; or liposomally. Dosage unit formulations containing non-toxic, pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles or diluents may be administered. The compounds may be administered in a form suitable for immediate release or extended release. Immediate release or extended release may be achieved with suitable pharmaceutical compositions or, particularly in the case of extended release, with devices such as subcutaneous implants or osmotic pumps.

Exemplary compositions for topical administration include a topical carrier such as PLASTIBASE® (mineral oil gelled with polyethylene).

Exemplary compositions for oral administration include suspensions which may contain, for example, microcrystalline cellulose for imparting bulk, alginic acid or sodium alginate as a suspending agent, methylcellulose as a viscosity enhancer, and sweeteners or flavoring agents such as those known in the art; and immediate release tablets which may contain, for example, microcrystalline cellulose, dicalcium phosphate, starch, magnesium stearate and/or lactose and/or other excipients, binders, extenders, disintegrants, diluents and lubricants such as those known in the art. The inventive compounds may also be orally delivered by sublingual and/or buccal administration, e.g., with molded, compressed, or freeze-dried tablets. Exemplary compositions may include fast-dissolving diluents such as mannitol, lactose, sucrose, and/or cyclodextrins. Also included in such formulations may be high molecular weight excipients such as celluloses (AVICEL®) or polyethylene glycols (PEG); an excipient to aid mucosal adhesion such as hydroxypropyl cellulose (HPC), hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose (HPMC), sodium carboxymethyl cellulose (SCMC), and/or maleic anhydride copolymer (e.g., GANTREZ®); and agents to control release such as polyacrylic copolymer (e.g., CARBOPOL 934®). Lubricants, glidants, flavors, coloring agents and stabilizers may also be added for ease of fabrication and use.

Exemplary compositions for nasal aerosol or inhalation administration include solutions which may contain, for example, benzyl alcohol or other suitable preservatives, absorption promoters to enhance absorption and/or bioavailability, and/or other solubilizing or dispersing agents such as those known in the art.

Exemplary compositions for parenteral administration include injectable solutions or suspensions which may contain, for example, suitable non-toxic, parenterally acceptable diluents or solvents, such as mannitol, 1,3-butanediol, water, Ringer's solution, an isotonic sodium chloride solution, or other suitable dispersing or wetting and suspending agents, including synthetic mono- or diglycerides, and fatty acids, including oleic acid.

Exemplary compositions for rectal administration include suppositories which may contain, for example, suitable non-irritating excipients, such as cocoa butter, synthetic glyceride esters or polyethylene glycols, which are solid at ordinary temperatures but liquefy and/or dissolve in the rectal cavity to release the drug.

The effective amount of a compound of the present invention may be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art, and includes exemplary dosage amounts for a mammal of from about 0.05 to 100 mg/kg of body weight of active compound per day, which may be administered in a single dose or in the form of individual divided doses, such as from 1 to 4 times per day. It will be understood that the specific dose level and frequency of dosage for any particular subject may be varied and will depend upon a variety of factors, including the activity of the specific compound employed, the metabolic stability and length of action of that compound, the species, age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the subject, the mode and time of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, and severity of the particular condition. Preferred subjects for treatment include animals, most preferably mammalian species such as humans, and domestic animals such as dogs, cats, horses, and the like. Thus, when the term “patient” is used herein, this term is intended to include all subjects, most preferably mammalian species, that are affected by mediation of p38 enzyme levels.

In general, preferred compounds of the present invention, such as particular compounds disclosed in the following examples, have been identified to inhibit the activity of one or more of p38α/β enzymes, TNF-α, LIMK1, and/or LIMK2. Potencies can be calculated and expressed as either inhibition constants (K_(i) values) or as IC₅₀ (inhibitory concentration 50%) values, and refer to activity measured employing the in vitro assay systems described herein. Exemplary values for compounds that inhibit the activity of p38α/β enzymes include concentration equivalent to, or more potent than, 10 μM, preferably 1 μM, and more preferably 0.1 μM, thereby demonstrating particular compounds of the present invention as effective inhibitors of p38α/β enzymes. Exemplary values for compounds that inhibit the activity of TNF-α include concentration equivalent to, or more potent than, 20 μM, preferably 2 μM, and more preferably 0.2 μM, thereby demonstrating particular compounds of the present invention as effective inhibitors of TNF-α. Exemplary values for compounds that inhibit the activity of LIMK1 enzymes include concentration equivalent to, or more potent than, 10 μM, preferably 1 μM, and more preferably 0.1 μM, thereby demonstrating particular compounds of the present invention as effective inhibitors of LIMK1 enzymes. Exemplary values for compounds that inhibit the activity of LIMK2 enzymes include concentration equivalent to, or more potent than, 10 μM, preferably 1 μM, and more preferably 0.1 μM, thereby demonstrating particular compounds of the present invention as effective inhibitors of LIMK2 enzymes.

Biological Assays

Generation of p38 Kinases

cDNAs of human p38α, β, and γ isozymes were cloned by PCR. These cDNAs were subcloned in the pGEX expression vector (Pharmacia). GST-p38 fusion protein was expressed in E. Coli and purified from bacterial pellets by affinity chromatography using glutathione agarose. p38 fusion protein was activated by incubating with constitutively active MKK6. Active p38 was separated from MKK6 by affinity chromatography. Constitutively active MKK6 was generated according to Raingeaud et al. [Mol. Cell. Biol., 1247-1255 (1996)].

TNF-α Production by LPS-Stimulated PBMCs

Heparinized human whole blood was obtained from healthy volunteers. Peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs) were purified from human whole blood by Ficoll-Hypaque density gradient centrifugation and resuspended at a concentration of 5×10⁶/ml in assay medium (RPMI medium containing 10% fetal bovine serum). 50 μl of cell suspension was incubated with 50 μl of test compound (4× concentration in assay medium containing 0.2% DMSO) in 96-well tissue culture plates for 5 minutes at RT. 100 μl of LPS (200 ng/ml stock) was then added to the cell suspension and the plate was incubated for 6 hours at 37° C. Following incubation, the culture medium was collected and stored at −20° C. TNF-α concentration in the medium was quantified using a standard ELISA kit (Pharmingen-San Diego, Calif.). Concentrations of TNF-α and IC₅₀ values for test compounds (concentration of compound that inhibited LPS-stimulated TNF-α production by 50%) were calculated by linear regression analysis.

p38 Assay

The assays were performed in V-bottomed 96-well plates. The final assay volume was 60 μl prepared from three 20 μl additions of enzyme, substrates (MBP and ATP) and test compounds in assay buffer (50 mM Tris pH 7.5, 10 mM MgCl₂, 50 mM NaCl and 1 mM DTT). Bacterially expressed, activated p38 was pre-incubated with test compounds for 10 min. prior to initiation of reaction with substrates. The reaction was incubated at 25° C. for 45 min. and terminated by adding 5 μl of 0.5 M EDTA to each sample. The reaction mixture was aspirated onto a pre-wet filtermat using a Skatron Micro96 Cell Harvester (Skatron, Inc.), then washed with PBS. The filtermat was then dried in a microwave oven for 1 min., treated with MeltilLex A scintillation wax (Wallac), and counted on a Microbeta scintillation counter Model 1450 (Wallac). Inhibition data were analyzed by nonlinear least-squares regression using Prizm (GraphPadSoftware). The final concentration of reagents in the assays are ATP, 1 μM; [γ-³³P]ATP, 3 nM; MBP (Sigma, #M1891), 2 μg/well; p38, 10 nM; and DMSO, 0.3%.

TNF-α Production by LPS-Stimulated Mice

Mice (Balb/c female, 6-8 weeks of age, Harlan Labs; n=8/treatment group) were injected intraperitoneally with 50 μg/kg lipopolysaccharide (LPS; E coli strain 0111:B4, Sigma) suspended in sterile saline. Ninety minutes later, mice were sedated by CO₂:O₂ inhalation and a blood sample was obtained. Serum was separated and analyzed for TNF-alpha concentrations by commercial ELISA assay per the manufacturer's instructions (R&D Systems, Minneapolis, Minn.).

Test compounds were administered orally at various times before LPS injection. The compounds were dosed either as suspensions or as solutions in various vehicles or solubilizing agents.

Generation of the Kinase Domains of LIMK1 and LIMK2

The cDNA coding regions corresponding to the kinase domains of LIMK1 (accession number P53667, amino acids 321 to 647) and LIMK2 (accession number P53671, amino acids 312 to 638) were isolated and cloned to the Gateway entry vector pENTR TOPO (Invitrogen) using PCR. The cDNA inserts were transferred to the baculovirus donor vector pDEST 10 according to the procedures suggested by the manufacturer (Invitrogen). Recombinant baculovirus expressing the kinase domains of LIMK1 and LIMK2 as glutathione S-transferase (GST) fusion proteins were generated using the Bac-to-Bac system (Invitrogen) according to the manufacturer's procedure.

For production of the recombinant kinases GST-LIMK1 and GST-LIMK2, Sf9 cells growing in log phase were infected with the corresponding baculoviruses at MOI=5 for 2 days. The cells were harvested and re-suspended in ice-cold buffer A [50 mM HEPES, pH 7.5, 50 mM NaF, 100 mM NaCl, 1 mM Na₃VO₄, 10% glycerol, 1% Triton-X-100 surfactant and Complete protease inhibitors (1 tablet/50 ml, Roche Diagnostics)]. After centrifugation (16,000 g, 20 min, 4° C.), the supernatants were incubated with glutathione sepharose 4B (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech; 1 ml bed volume per liter of lysate) for 1 hr at 4° C. and washed 2 times with 15 bed volumes of buffer A and 2 times with 15 bed volumes of buffer B (50 mM HEPES, pH 7.5, 50 mM NaF, 100 mM NaCl, 1 mM Na₃VO₄, and 10% glycerol). The sepharose beads were then resuspended in 2 bed volumes of buffer B and poured into disposable columns. The GST fusion proteins were eluted with buffer B containing 10 mM glutathione and stored at −70° C.

Generation of Biotinylated ADP

The cDNA of the full length actin depolymization factor (ADF, accession number P60981) was cloned to the pET28N-BioPn vector for bacteria expression. Expression was carried out in BL21(DE3) cells with plysS in M9CA media (Teknova) after co-transformation with the pBirA vector (for co-expression of biotin lygase). Uninduced cells were chilled on ice for 30 minutes upon reaching OD₆₀₀ of 0.6 to 0.8, induced by addition of 0.4 mM IPTG and 50 μM biotin, and incubated for 16 hours at 20° C. Cells were harvested by centrifugation. The cell pellet was lysed by freezing and thawing in PBS containing 5 mM imidazole and EDTA-free protease inhibitor tablet (1 tablet/50 ml, Roche Diagnostics). The lysate was digested with DNase I and Centrifuged (10,000×g for 20 min). Biotinylated ADF in the supernatant was bound to Ni-NTA resin (Qiagen), washed, and eluted with 200 mM Imidazole. The protein was dialyzed to storage buffer (50 mM HEPES, pH7.5, 100 mM NaCl) and stored at −70° C.

LIMK1 and LIMK2 Kinase Assays

Filter-based TCA precipitation assays were employed to determine the IC₅₀ values against LIMK1 and LIMK2 using biotinylated ADF as the protein substrate and the kinase domains of LIMK1 and LIMK2 as the enzyme sources in the presence of 1 μM ATP. The reactions (60 μl) containing 25 mM HEPES, 100 mM NaCl, 5 mM MgCl₂, 5 mM MnCl₂, 1 μM ATP, 83 μg/ml biotinylated ADF, 167 ng/ml GST-LIMK1 (or 835 ng/ml GST-LIMK2), and various concentrations of tested compound were carried out at room temperature for 30 min (60 min for LIMK2) in a 96-well plate. After the reactions were terminated by addition of 140 μl of 20% TCA and 100 mM NaPPi, the TCA-precipitated proteins were harvested onto GF/C unifilter plates (Perkin-Elmer) and washed. The radioactivity incorporated was then determined using a TopCount (Packard Instrument) after addition of 35 μl of Microscint scintillation fluid.

For ease of reference, the following abbreviations are employed herein, including the methods of preparation and Examples that follow:

Abbreviations

MeOH=methanol

EtOH=ethanol

EtOAc=ethyl acetate

Boc=tert-butyloxycarbonyl

CBZ=carbobenzyloxy or carbobenzoxy or benzyloxycarbonyl

DCM=dichloromethane

DCE=1,2-dichloroethane

DEAD=diethyl azodicarboxylate

DMF=dimethyl formamide

DMSO=dimethyl sulfoxide

PmB=para-methoxybenzyl

TFA=trifluoroacetic acid

THF=tetrahydrofuran

TMS=trimethylsilyl

HATU=O-(7-Azabenzotriazol-1-yl-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronim

hexafluorophosphate

KOH=potassium hydroxide

K₂CO₃=potassium carbonate

POCl₃=phosphorous oxychloride

KOtBu=potassium t-butoxide

EDC or EDCI=1-(3-Dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride

DIPEA=diisopropylethylamine

HOBt=1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate

m-CPBA=m-chloroperbenzoic acid

NaH=sodium hydride

NaOEt=sodium ethoxide

NaOH=sodium hydroxide

Na₂S₂O₃=sodium thiosulfate

HCl=hydrogen chloride

NMP=N-methylpyrrolidinone

CO₂=carbon dioxide

Pd=palladium

Pd/C=palladium on carbon

sec=second (s)

min=minute(s)

h=hour(s)

L=liter

mL=milliliter

μL=microliter

g=gram(s)

mg=milligram(s)

mol=moles

mmol=millimole(s)

N=Normal

M=Molar

° C.=degrees Celsius

rt=room temperature

Ret. time or t_(R)=retention time (minutes)

anhyd.=anhydrous

sat or sat'd=saturated

aq.=aqueous

HPLC=high performance liquid chromatography

LCMS=high performance liquid chromatography/mass spectrometry

MS=mass spectrometry

NMR=nuclear magnetic resonance

MHz=megahertz

s=singlet

m=multiplet

d=doublet

dd=doublet of doublet

Methods of Preparation

The compounds of formula (I) may generally be prepared according to the following schemes and the knowledge of one skilled in the art.

Compound 8 can be prepared from Compound 1 as depicted in Scheme 1. Compound 1 can be reacted with N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal (DMF-DMA) in a solvent, such as ethanol, to afford Compound 2. Compound 2 can be cyclized with α-chloroacetone in a solvent, such as acetonitrile, to afford Compound 3. Compound 3 can be reacted with N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal (DMF-DMA) to afford Compound 4. Compound 4 can be reacted with urea in the presence of a base, such as sodium hydride, to afford Compound 5. Compound 5 can be converted to Compound 6 by reacting with phosphorus oxychloride in the presence of a base, such as Hunig's base, in a solvent, such as toluene. Finally, Compound 6 can be coupled to Compound 7 in the presence of catalysts, such as Pd(PPh₃)₄, and in the presence of a base, such as K₃PO₄, in a solvent, such as toluene, to afford Compound 8.

Alternatively, Compound 10 can be prepared from Compound 4 by reacting Compound 9, in the presence of a base, such as sodium ethoxide, in a solvent, such as ethanol as depicted in Scheme 2.

Compound 13 can be prepared from Compound 3 as depicted in Scheme 3. Compound 3 can be reacted with Compound 11, in the presence of a base, such as potassium hydroxide, in a solvent, such as ethanol, to afford Compound 12. Compound 12 can be coupled to Compound 9 to afford Compound 13, in the presence of a base, such as sodium ethoxide, in the presence of a solvent, such as ethanol.

Compound 21 can be prepared from the Compound 2 as depicted in Scheme 4. Compound 2 can be cyclized with ethyl-4-chloroacetoacetate, in the presence of a base, such as triethylamine, in a solvent, such as acetonitrile, to afford Compound 14. Compound 14 can be reacted with thiourea in the presence of a catalytic amount of p-toluenesulfonic acid (PPTs) in a solvent, such as xylene, to afford Compound 15. Compound 15 can be alkylated with alkylating agent, such as iodomethane, in the presence of a base, such as potassium carbonate, in a solvent, such as acetone, to afford Compound 16. Compound 16 can be converted to Compound 17 by reacting with phosphorus oxychloride in the presence of a base, such as Hunig's base, in a solvent, such as toluene. Compound 17 can be coupled to Compound 7 in the presence of catalysts, such as Pd(PPh₃)₄, and in the presence of a base, such as K₃PO₄, in a solvent, such as toluene. Compound 18 can be oxidized in the presence of an oxidant, such as Oxone™ compound, in a solvent, such as aqueous methanol, to afford Compound 19. Finally, Compound 19 can be coupled with Compound 20, in the presence of a solvent, such as ethanol, to afford Compound 21.

Alternatively, compound 21 can be prepared as described in Scheme 4a by reacting 2-amino-5-bromothiazole monohydrobromide with t-butoxycarbonyl anhydride in a basic solvent such as pyridine to afford compound 22. Compound 22 can then be reacted with an appropriate alcohol 22a in the presence of DEAD and Ph₃P in an aprotic solvent such as THF to afford compound 22b. Compound 22b can be lithiated with an alkyl lithium reagent such as n-butyllithium in an aprotic solvent such as THF followed by reaction with 2-isopropoxy-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane to afford compound 22c. Compound 22c can be coupled to compound 22d under the catalysis of an appropriate palladium(0) catalyst in the presence of a base such as aqueous potassium phosphate in a mixed solvent system such as ethanol in toluene to provide compound 22e. Compound 22e can then be coupled to compound 7 under similar conditions to afford compound 22f. Compound 22f can be converted to compound 22g be reaction with an appropriate oxidizing agent such as Oxone in an appropriate solvent such as aqueous methanol. Compound 22g can then be reacted with an appropriate amine 20 to afford 22h. Finally, compound 22h can be reacted under acidic conditions such as HCl in dioxane to afford compound 21.

Compound 21aaa can be prepared from the Compound 17 as depicted in Scheme 4b. Compound 17 can be coupled to Compound 7a in the presence of a catalyst, such as Pd(PPh₃)₄, and in the presence of a base, such as K₃PO₄, in a solvent, such as toluene. Compound 18a can be oxidized in the presence of an oxidant, such as Oxone™ compound, in a solvent, such as aqueous methanol, to afford Compound 19a. Compound 19a can be converted to Compound 21a by reacting with amine 20a in the presence of a solvent, such as ethanol. Compound 21a can be reacted with acid, such as hydrogen chloride, in a solvent, such as dioxane, to afford Compound 21aa. Finally, Compound 21aa can be allowed to react with an activating reagent, such as p-nitrophenylchloroformate, in the presence of a base, such as triethylamine, in a solvent, such as dichloromethane, then reacted with amine 20aa to afford Compound 21aaa.

In addition, Compound 21c can be reacted with acid chloride 74 in the presence of a base, such as triethylamine, in a solvent, such as dichloromethane, to afford amide 21d. Furthermore, Compound 1 can be reacted with chloroformate 75 under similar conditions to afford carbamate 21e.

Compound 21b can be prepared from Compound 19 by reacting Compound 19 with a reducing agent, such as lithium borohydride, in a solvent, such as THF, to afford Compound 21b as depicted in Scheme 4c.

In addition, Compound 22o can be prepared from compound 22i as described in Scheme 4d. Compound 22i can be brominated in the presence of an appropriate brominating reagent such as N-bromosuccinimide (NBS) in an aprotic solvent such as DMF to afford compound 22j. Compound 22j can then be converted into compound 22k by lithiation using an alkyl lithium reagent such as n-butyllithium in an aprotic solvent such as THF followed by reacting with 2-isopropoxy-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane. Compound 22k can be coupled to compound 22d under the catalysis of an appropriate palladium(0) catalyst in the presence of a base such as aqueous potassium phosphate in a mixed solvent system such as ethanol in toluene to provide compound 22l. Compound 22l can then be coupled to compound 7 under similar conditions to afford compound 22m. Compound 22m can be converted to compound 22n be reaction with an appropriate oxidizing agent such as Oxone in an appropriate solvent such as aqueous methanol. Finally, compound 22n can then be reacted with an appropriate amine 20 to afford compound 22o.

Compound 19b can be prepared from the Compound 18a as depicted in Scheme 4e. Compound 18a can be reacted with acid, such as hydrogen chloride, in a solvent, such as dioxane, to afford Compound 18b. Compound 18b can be allowed to react with an activating reagent, such as carbonyldiimidazole(CDI), in the presence of a base, such as triethylamine, in a solvent, such as dichloromethane, then reacted with amine 20a to afford Compound 18bb. Alternatively, Compound 18b can be allowed to react with isocyanate 20a′ in the presence of a base, such as triethylamine, in a solvent such as dichloromethane to afford Compound 18bb. Compound 18bb can be oxidized in the presence of an oxidant, such as Oxone™ compound, in a solvent, such as aqueous methanol, to afford Compound 18bbb. Finally, compound 18bbb can be converted to Compound 19b by reacting with amine 20aa in the presence of a solvent, such as ethanol.

Compound 19hh can be prepared from the compound 19aa as depicted in Scheme 4f. Compound 19aa can be oxidized in the presence of an oxidant, such as manganese(IV) oxide, in a solvent, such as THF, to afford compound 19bb. Compound 19bb can be allowed to react with a grignard reagent, such as methylmaganesium chloride, in a solvent, such as THF, to afford compound 19 cc. Compound 19 cc can be converted to compound 19dd by reacting with DPPA, in the presence of base, such as DBU, in a solvent, such as toluene. Compound 19dd can be oxidized in the presence of an oxidant, such as Oxone™, in a solvent, such as aqueous methanol, to afford compound 19ee. Compound 19ee can be reacted with amine 20a to afford compound 19ff. Compound 19ff can be reduced to compound 19gg in the presence of reducing agent, such as PPh₃ in a solvent such as aqueous THF. Finally, compound 19gg can be allowed to react with an activating reagent, such as carbonyldiimidazole(CDI), in the presence of a base, such as triethylamine, in a solvent, such as dichloromethane, followed by reation with amine 20aa to afford compound 19hh.

Compound 29 can be prepared from tert-butoxycarbonylthiourea as depicted in Scheme 5. Tert-butoxycarbonylthiourea can be reacted with N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal (DMF-DMA) in a solvent, such as ethanol, to afford Compound 23. Compound 23 can be cyclized with x-chloroacetone in the presence of a base, such as triethylamine, in a solvent, such as acetonitrile, to afford Compound 24. Compound 24 can be reacted with Compound 11, in the presence of a base, such as potassium hydroxide, in a solvent, such as ethanol, to afford Compound 25. Compound 25 can be coupled to Compound 9 to afford Compound 26, in the presence of a base, such as sodium ethoxide, in the presence of a solvent, such as ethanol. Compound 26 can be reacted with an acid, such as hydrogen chloride, in a solvent, such as dioxane, to afford Compound 27. Compound 27 can be converted to Compound 28 by reacting with t-butyl nitrite in the presence of a catalyst, such as Cu(II)Br₂, in the presence of a solvent, such as dichloromethane. Finally, Compound 28 can be converted to Compound 29 by reacting with an amine, in a solvent, such as ethanol.

Alternatively, Compound 29 can be prepared from commercially-available Compound 30 as depicted in Scheme 6. Compound 30 can be converted to Compound 31 by reacting with a base, such as n-butyllithium, followed by carboxylation to afford Compound 31. Compound 31 can be reacted with a reagent, such as thionyl chloride, in the presence of a catalyst, such as DMF, in a solvent, such as dichloromethane, to afford Compound 32. Compound 32 can be coupled to Compound 33 in the presence of catalysts, such as PdCl₂(PPh₃)₄ and copper iodide, and in the presence of a base, such as triethylamine, in a solvent, such as THF, to afford Compound 34. Compound 34 can be converted to Compound 36 by coupling with Compound 35 in the presence of a base, such as sodium ethoxide, in the presence of a solvent, such as ethanol. Compound 36 can be oxidized in the presence of an oxidant, such as Oxone™ compound, in a solvent, such as aqueous methanol, to afford Compound 37. Finally, Compound 37 can be coupled with amine 38, in the presence of a solvent, such as NMP, to afford Compound 29.

Alternatively, Compound 29 can be prepared from commercially-available Compound 38a as depicted in Scheme 6a. Compound 38a can be converted to Compound 38b by reacting with di-tert-butyl-dicarbonate [(Boc)₂O], in a basic solvent, such as pyridine then Compound 38b can be converted to Compound 38d by coupling with alcohol 38c in the presence of diethyl azodicarboxylate (DEAD), triphenylphosphine, and a base, such as triethylamine, in a solvent, such as THF. Compound 38d can be reacted with trimethylsilylacetylene in the presence of catalysts, such as PdCl₂(PPh₃)₄ and copper iodide, and in the presence of a base, such as triethylamine, in a solvent, such as THF, to afford Compound 38e. Disilylation of Compound 38e to afford Compound 38f can be accomplished using a base, such as K₂CO₃, in the presence of an alcoholic solvent, such as methanol. Compound 38f can be coupled to Compound 38g in the presence of catalysts, such as PdCl₂(PPh₃)₄ and copper iodide, and in the presence of a base, such as triethylamine, in a solvent, such as THF, to afford Compound 38h and Compound 38h can be coupled to Compound 38i in the presence of a base, such as NaOEt, in a solvent, such as ethanol, to afford Compound 38j. Finally, Compound 29 can be prepared from Compound 38j by reacting with an acid, such as hydrogen chloride, in the presence of a solvent, such as dioxane.

Alternatively, Compound 29 can be prepared from Compound 14 as depicted in Scheme 7. Compound 14 can be converted to Compound 40 by reacting with Compound 39 in the presence of base, such as DBU, in a solvent, such as DMF. Compound 40 can be converted to Compound 41 by reacting with phosphorus oxychloride in the presence of a base, such as Hunig's base, in a solvent, such as toluene. Finally, Compound 41 can be coupled to Compound 8 in the presence of a catalyst, such as Pd(PPh₃)₄, and in the presence of a base, such as K₃PO₄, in a solvent, such as toluene, to afford Compound 29.

Compound 46 can be prepared from Compound 16 as depicted in Scheme 8. Compound 16 can be oxidized in the presence of an oxidant, such as Oxone™ compound, in a solvent, such as aqueous methanol, to afford Compound 42. Compound 42 can be converted to Compound 44 by reacting with an amine 43 in a solvent, such as ethanol. Compound 44 can be converted to Compound 45 by reacting with phosphorus oxychloride in the presence of a base, such as Hunig's base, in a solvent, such as toluene. Finally, Compound 45 can be converted to Compound 46 by coupling to Compound 8 in the presence of a catalyst, such as Pd(PPh₃)₄, and in the presence of a base, such as K₃PO₄, in a solvent, such as toluene.

Compound 56 can be prepared from Compounds 47 and 48 as depicted in Scheme 9. Compound 47 can be reacted with Compound 48 in the presence of a base, such as lithium hexamethylsilazide (LiHMDS), in a solvent, such as THF, to afford Compound 49. Compound 49 can be oxidized with an oxidant, such as manganese dioxide, in a solvent, such as dichloromethane, to afford Compound 50. Compound 50 can be reacted with Compound 51 in the presence of a base, such as potassium carbonate, in a solvent, such as aqueous acetonitrile, to afford Compound 52. Compound 52 can be reacted with an acid, such as hydrogen chloride, in a solvent, such as dioxane, to afford Compound 53. Compound 53 can be converted to Compound 55 by (1) reacting with oxalyl chloride in the presence of a catalytic amount of DMF in a solvent, such as dichloromethane, then (2) coupling with Compound 54 in the presence of a base, such as triethylamine, in a solvent, such as dichloromethane, to afford Compound 55. Finally, Compound 55 can be converted to Compound 56 by reacting with a dehydrating reagent, such as phosphorus oxychloride, in a solvent, such as toluene.

In addition, Compound 59 can be prepared from Compound 53 as depicted in Scheme 10. Compound 53 can be converted to Compound 58 by (1) reacting with oxalyl chloride in the presence of a catalytic amount of DMF in a solvent, such as dichloromethane, then (2) coupling with Compound 57 in the presence of a base, such as triethylamine, in a solvent, such as dichloromethane, to afford Compound 58. Finally, Compound 58 can be converted to Compound 59 by reacting with a dehydrating agent, such as phosphorus oxychloride, in a solvent, such as toluene.

Compound 65 can be prepared from Compound 60 as depicted in Scheme 11. Compound 60 can be reacted with a reagent, such as thionyl chloride, in the presence of a catalyst, such as DMF, in a solvent, such as dichloromethane, to afford Compound 61. Compound 61 can be coupled to Compound 62 in the presence of catalysts, such as PdCl₂(PPh₃)₄ and copper iodide, and in the presence of a base, such as triethylamine, in a solvent, such as THF, to afford Compound 63. Finally, Compound 63 can be converted to Compound 65 by coupling with Compound 64 in the presence of a base, such as sodium ethoxide, in the presence of a solvent, such as ethanol.

Compound 70 can be prepared from Compound 3 as depicted in Scheme 12. Compound 3 can be reacted with Compound 66, in the presence of a base, such as potassium hydroxide, and a solvent, such as ethanol, to afford Compound 67. Compound 67 can be coupled to Compound 9 to afford Compound 68, in the presence of a base, such as sodium ethoxide, and a solvent, such as ethanol. Compound 68 can be converted to Compound 69 in the presence of an acid, such as TFA. Finally, Compound 69 can be alkylated with a primary alkyl halide, such as 1-iodopropane, a base, such as potassium carbonate, and in a solvent, such as DMF, to yield Compound 70.

Alternatively, as depicted in Scheme 13, Compound 69 can be alkylated with a branched alkyl halide, such as 3-bromopentane, in the presence of a base, such as sodium hydride, and in a solvent, such as DMF, to yield Compound 71.

Compound 72 can be prepared from Compound 27 as depicted in Scheme 14. Compound 27 can be reacted with an isocyanate, in the presence of a solvent, such as THF, to yield Compound 72.

Alternatively, as depicted in Scheme 15, Compound 27 can be reacted with an acid chloride in the presence of a base, such as TEA, and in a solvent, such as THF, to afford Compound 73.

In the following examples, HPLC retention times were determined using the following conditions: Ballistic YMC S5 ODS 4.6×50 mm column with a binary solvent system where solvent A=10% methanol, 90% water, 0.2% phosphoric acid and solvent B=90% methanol, 10% water, and 0.2% phosphoric acid, flow rate=4 mL/min, linear gradient time=4 min, start % B=0, final % B=100.

LCMS analyses were performed using the following conditions: Waters Xterra 5 μM 4.6×30 mm column with a binary solvent system where solvent A=10% methanol, 90% water, 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid and solvent B=90% methanol, 10% water, and 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid, flow rate=4 mL/min, linear gradient time=2 min, start % B=0, final % B=100.

Preparative reverse-phase HPLC purifications were performed using the following conditions: Ballistic YMC S5 ODS 20×100 mm column with a binary solvent system where solvent A=10% methanol, 90% water, 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid and solvent B=90% methanol, 10% water, and 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid, flow rate=20 mL/min, linear gradient time=10 min, start % B=20, final % B=100.

Solvent quantities for the above HPLC retention times, HPLC purifications, and LCMS analyses are reported on volume basis.

All reagents were purchased from commercial sources unless otherwise noted. All reactions were performed under an argon atmosphere. Reactions run in aqueous media were run under an ambient atmosphere unless otherwise noted. Yields are reported as mole %.

EXAMPLE 1 5-(2-(2-fluorophenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine

Step 1: Preparation 1

A mixture of n-propylthiourea (4.00 g, 33.8 mmol) and N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal (5.4 mL, 40.6 mmol) in absolute ethanol (70 mL) was refluxed for 1 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the resulting clear oil was dissolved in ethyl acetate (5 mL) and hexanes (100 mL) was added. After standing for 1 h, the solid was collected by filtration and washed with additional hexanes to afford 5.55 g (95%) of Preparation 1 as a white solid. HPLC Ret. time: 1.07 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 174.12. Step 2: Preparation 2

A mixture of Preparation 1 (2.31 g, 13.3 mmol) and chloroacetone (1.27 mL, 15 mmol) in acetonitrile (50 mL) was refluxed for 1 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was stirred with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate for 10 min. and the resulting solid was collected by vacuum filtration to provide 2.32 g (94%) of Preparation 2 as a tan solid. HPLC Ret. time: 1.57 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 185.12. ¹H NMR: (CD₃Cl, 500 MHz) δ 7.74 (s, 1H), 5.99 (br. s, 1H), 3.25 (t, 2H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 1.69(m, 2H), 0.99 (t, 3H). Step 3: Preparation 3

A mixture of Preparation 2 (1.12 g) in N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal (8 mL) was heated at 100° C. for 4 h. After cooling to rt, ether was added and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. The resulting solid was collected by vacuum filtration and washed with ether to give 0.96 g (66%) of Preparation 3 as tan solid. HPLC Ret. time: 1.45 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 240.22. ¹H NMR: (d₃-DMSO, 500 MHz) δ 8.14(t, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.47 (d, J=12 Hz, 1H), 3.16 (m, 2H), 3.05 (br. s, 3H), 2.85 (br. s, 3H), 1.56(m, 2H), 0.90(t, 3H). Step 4: Preparation 4

Preparation 3 (800 mg, 3.34 mmol) and sodium hydride (1.1 g, 27 mmol) were mixed together. Urea (3.20 g, 53 mmol) was added and the resulting slurry was sonicated briefly. The mixture was heated at 140° C. under argon for 5 min. After cooling to rt, water was slowly added and the pH was adjusted to a pH of 8 by addition of 1N HCl. The resulting yellow solid was collected by vacuum filtration and was successively washed with water and hexanes to provide 660 mg (84%) of Preparation 4 as a yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 1.24 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 237.18. ¹H NMR: (d₆-DMSO, 500 MHz) δ 11.2(br. s, 1H), 8.46 (t, 1H), 7.67 (d, 1H), 6.72 (d, 1H), 3.22 (m, 2H), 1.56(m, 2H), 0.90(t, 3H). Step 5: Preparation 5

To a slurry of Preparation 4 (180 mg, 0.762 mmol) in toluene (4 mL) at rt was added phosphorus oxychloride (85 μL, 0.914 mmol) followed by the addition of diisopropylethylamine (132 μL, 0.762 mmol). The resulting mixture was heated at 100° C. for 4 h. After cooling to rt, the mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (100 mL) and the solution was poured into a mixture of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (50 mL) and crushed ice (50 mL). The resulting layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (3×60 mL). The combined extracts were dried over anhyd. sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford 117 mg (60%) of Preparation 5 as a yellow solid. This material was used directly without any further purification. HPLC Ret. time: 2.56 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 255.14.

Step 6

EXAMPLE 1

A mixture of Preparation 5 (29 mg, 0.114 mmol) and 2-fluorophenyl boronic acid (24 mg, 0.170 mmol) in toluene (0.5 mL) was purged with argon for 15 minutes. Ethanol (50 μL), aqueous potassium carbonate (2M, 120 μL), and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (6.5 mg, 0.005 mol) were successively added and the resulting mixture was heated at 110° C. for 2 h. After cooling to rt, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×60 mL) and the combined extracts were washed with brine and dried over anhyd. sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration in vacuo yielded 9.6 mg of a yellow solid. Purification by reverse-phase preparative HPLC afforded fractions containing the desired product. The fractions were concentrated in vacuo to remove the methanol and the resulting aqueous solution was lyophilized to provide 6.4 mg (19%) of a yellow solid as the TFA salt of the title compound. HPLC Ret. time: 2.92 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 315.18. ¹H NMR: (d₆-DMSO, 500 MHz) δ 8.62(d, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 7.94 (t, 1H), 7.65 (d, 1H), 7.45(m. 1H), 7.24(m, 1H), 7.15(m, 1H) 3.30 (t, 2H), 1.65(m, 2H), 0.94(t, 3H).

EXAMPLE 2 5-(2-phenylpyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine

Preparation 3 (25 mg, 0.104 mmol) and benzamidine (14 mg, 0.115 mmol) were refluxed in ethanol (0.40 mL) for 20 h. After cooling to rt, the mixture was purified by reverse-phase preparative HPLC. Fractions containing the product were concentrated in vacuo to remove the methanol and the resulting aqueous solution was lyophilyzed to provide 14 mg (45%) of a yellow solid as the TFA salt of the title compound. HPLC Ret. time: 3.18 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 297.16. ¹H NMR: (d₄-CD₃OD, 500 MHz) δ 8.71(d, 1H), 8.39 (m, 2H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.68 (d, 1H), 7.51 (m. 3H), 3.43 (t, 2H), 1.74 (m, 2H), 1.04 (t, 3H).

EXAMPLES 3-20

Examples 3-20 listed in Table 1 below were prepared utilizing a similar procedure as described for Example 2. TABLE 1 Ex. # Compound Structure/Name HPLC and LCMS Data 3

HPLC t_(R) = 2.37 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 340.15 4-(4-(2-(propylamino)thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-2- yl)benzamide 4

HPLC t_(R) = 3.10 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 331.21 5-(2-(2-chlorophenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N- propylthiazol-2-amine 5

HPLC t_(R) = 3.45 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 311.29 N-propyl-5-(2-o-tolylpyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-amine 6

HPLC t_(R) = 3.81 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 325.30 5-(2-(2-ethylphenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N- propylthiazol-2-amine 7

HPLC t_(R) = 3.94 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 339.31 5-(2-(2-isopropylphenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N- propylthiazol-2-amine 8

HPLC t_(R) = 3.16 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 327.31 5-(2-(2-methoxyphenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N- propylthiazol-2-amine 9

HPLC t_(R) = 3.48 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 341.28 5-(2-(2-(methoxymethyl)phenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)- N-propylthiazol-2-amine 10

HPLC t_(R) = 3.64 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 365.26 N-propyl-5-(2-(2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)- pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-amine 11

HPLC t_(R) = 3.96 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 365.19 5-(2-(2,3-dichlorophenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N- propylthiazol-2-amine 12

HPLC t_(R) = 3.75 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 325.33 5-(2-(2,3-dimethylphenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N- propylthiazol-2-amine 13

HPLC t_(R) = 3.87 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 325.33 5-(2-(2,5-dimethylphenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N- propylthiazol-2-amine 14

HPLC t_(R) = 4.08 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 365.19 5-(2-(2,5-dichlorophenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N- propylthiazol-2-amine 15

HPLC t_(R) = 4.23 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 345.22 5-(2-(4-chloro-2-methylphenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)- N-propylthiazol-2-amine 16

HPLC t_(R) = 3.85 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 345.20 5-(2-(2-chloro-4-methylphenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)- N-propylthiazol-2-amine 17

HPLC t_(R) = 3.68 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 361.19 5-(2-(2-chloro-4-methoxyphenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)- N-propylthiazol-2-amine 18

HPLC t_(R) = 3.75 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 329.26 5-(2-(2-fluoro-4-methylphenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N- propylthiazol-2-amine 19

HPLC t_(R) = 4.26 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 363.25 5-(2-(5-chloro-2-fluoro-3-methylphenyl)pyrimidin- 4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 20

HPLC t_(R) = 3.87 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 339.28 5-(2-mesitylpyrimidin-4-yl)-N- propylthiazol-2-amine

EXAMPLE 23 5-(2-(2-chlorophenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-isopropylthiazol-2-amine

Step 1: Preparation 6

Preparation 6 was prepared from isopropylthiourea using a similar procedure as described in step 1 of Example 1. HPLC Ret. time: 1.04 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z)=174.4. Step 2: Preparation 7

Preparation 7 was prepared from Preparation 6 utilizing a similar procedure as described in step 2 of Example 1. HPLC Ret. time: 1.42 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z)=185. Step 3: Preparation 8

Preparation 8 was prepared from Preparation 7 utilizing a similar procedure as described in step 3 of Example 1. HPLC Ret. time: 1.44 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z)=240.

Step 4

EXAMPLE 23

The title compound was prepared from Preparation 8 utilizing a similar procedure as described for Example 2. HPLC Ret. time: 3.10 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z)=331.

EXAMPLE 24 4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(propylamino)thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine

Step 1: Preparation 9

To a suspension of Preparation 2 from Example 1 (310 mg, 1.68 mmol) and 2-chlorobenzaldehyde (0.21 mL, 1.85 mmol) in ethanol (3.5 mL) at 0° C. was added ice-cold aqueous potassium hydroxide solution (50%, 2.5 mL) dropwise. After stirring at rt for 20 h, the resulting mixture was poured into ice-water (50 mL) and the pH was adjusted to 7 by addition of acetic acid. The yellow solid was collected by vacuum filtration, washed with water, and dried in vacuo to provide 330 mg (64%) of Preparation 9 as a yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 3.56 min. and 3.83 min. [trans (90%) and cis (10%)]. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 307.08. ¹H NMR: (d₃-CD₃Cl, 500 MHz), trans isomer: δ 8.07(d, J=15.4, 1H), 7.88 (s, 1H), 7.63 (dd, 1H), 7.36 (dd, 1H), 7.25(m, 2H), 7.17(d, J=15.4, 1H), 6.13(br. S, 1H), 3.27 (m, 2H), 1.66(m, 2H), 0.97 (t, 3H).

Step 2

EXAMPLE 24

The title compound was prepared from Preparation 9 utilizing a similar procedure as described for Example 2 by replacing benzamidine with guanidine carbonate. HPLC Ret. time: 2.59 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 436.12. ¹H NMR: (d₄-CD₃OD, 500 MHz) δ 8.29 (s, 1H), 7.63 (m, 1H), 7.60 (m, 1H), 7.52 (m, 1H), 7.36 (s, 1H), 3.38 (t, 2H), 1.70(m, 2H), 1.00 (t, 3H).

EXAMPLES 25-44

Examples 25-44 listed in Table 2 below were prepared as previously described for Example 24. TABLE 2 Ex. # Compound Structure/Name HPLC and LCMS Data 25

HPLC t_(R) = 2.50 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 330.14 4-(2-fluorophenyl)-6-(2-(propylamino)thiazol-5- yl)pyrimidin-2-amine 26

HPLC t_(R) = 3.25 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 329.16 5-(6-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpyrimidin-4-yl)- N-propylthiazol-2-amine 27

HPLC t_(R) = 3.70 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 355.13 5-(2-cyclopropyl-6-(2-fluorophenyl)pyrimidin-4- yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 28

HPLC t_(R) = 3.02 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 392.11 5-(6-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-(pyridin-2-yl)pyrimidin- 4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 29

HPLC t_(R) = 3.20 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 418.16 5-(6-(2-methoxyphenyl)-2-(pyridin-2- yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 30

HPLC t_(R) = 3.46 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 393.12 5-(6-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin- 4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 31

HPLC t_(R) = 3.48 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 409.09 5-(6-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin- 4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 32

HPLC t_(R) = 3.07 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 408.08 5-(6-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-(pyridin-2-yl)pyrimidin- 4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 33

HPLC t_(R) = 3.19 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 345.12 5-(6-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-methylpyrimidin-4-yl)- N-propylthiazol-2-amine 34

HPLC t_(R) = 3.61 mill LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 371.12 5-(6-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-cyclopropylpyrimidin-4- yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 35

HPLC t_(R) = 3.45 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 452.60 5-(6-(2-chloro-4-ethoxyphenyl)-2-(pyridin-2- yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 36

HPLC t_(R) = 3.43 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 426.14 5-(6-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-2-(pyridin-2- yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 37

HPLC t_(R) = 4.14 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 439.24 5-(6-(2-chloro-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-(pyrazin-2- yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 38

HPLC t_(R) = 4.54 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 495.15 5-(6-(4-(benzyloxy)-2-methylphenyl)-2-(pyrazin- 2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 39

HPLC t_(R) = 4.53 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 509.27 5-(6-(4-(benzyloxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)-2-(pyrazin- 2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 40

HPLC t_(R) = 4.19 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 433.21 5-(6-(4-methoxy-2,5-dimethylphenyl)-2-(pyrazin- 2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 41

HPLC t_(R) = 4.61 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 549.08 5-(6-(4-(benzyloxy)-2,6-dichlorophenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 42

HPLC t_(R) = 4.62 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 559.01 5-(6-(5-(benzyloxy)-2-bromophenyl)-2-(pyrazin- 2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 43

HPLC t_(R) = 4.69 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 527.23 5-(6-(4-(benzyloxy)-2-chlorophenyl)-2-o- tolylpyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 44

HPLC t_(R) = 4.34 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 417.24 5-(6-(4-(benzyloxy)-2-methylphenyl)pyrimidin-4- yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine

EXAMPLE 45 5-(6-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-(pyridin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-isopropylthiazol-2-amine

Step 1: Preparation 10

Preparation 10 was prepared from Preparation 7 utilizing a similar procedure as described for Preparation 9 in step 1 of Example 24. HPLC Ret. time: 3.81 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 307.42.

Step 2

EXAMPLE 45

The title compound was prepared from Preparation 10 utilizing a similar procedure as described for Example 2 by replacing benzamidine with 2-amidinopyridinium chloride. HPLC Ret. time: 3.24 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 408.25.

EXAMPLES 46-49

Examples 46-49 listed in Table 3 below were prepared from Preparation 10 utilizing similar procedures as previously described for Example 45. TABLE 3 HPLC and Ex. # Compound Structure/Name LCMS Data 46

HPLC t_(R) =3.15 min LCMS [M +H]⁺ = 410.31 5-(6-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-2-(pyridin-2- yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-isopropylthiazol-2-amine 47

HPLC t_(R) =3.53 min LCMS [M +H]⁺ = 442.4 5-(6-(2,3-dichlorophenyl)-2-(pyridin-2- yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-isopropylthiazol-2-amine 48

HPLC t_(R) =2.12 min LCMS [M +H]⁺ = 342.4 (2-(2-amino-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol-5- yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)phenyl)methanol 49

HPLC t_(R) =3.17 min LCMS [M +H]⁺ = 452.14 5-(6-(2-bromophenyl)-2-(pyridin-2-yl)pyrimidin- 4-yl)-N-isopropylthiazol-2-amine

EXAMPLE 50 5-(6-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine

Step 1: Preparation 11

Preparation 11 was prepared from Preparation 1 in Example 1 utilizing a similar procedure as described in step 2 of Example 1 by replacing chloroacetone with ethyl-4-chloroacetate. Yellow solid (95% yield). HPLC Ret. time: 2.33 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 257.17. ¹H NMR: (d₆-DMSO, 500 MHz) δ 8.80(s, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 4.07 (q, 2H), 3.88 (s, 2H), 3.22 (m, 2H), 1.55 (m, 2H), 1.17 (t, 3H), 0.89 (t, 3H). Step 2: Preparation 12

A mixture of Preparation 11 (6.57 g, 25.5 mmol) and thiourea (2.15 g, 28.2 mmol) in xylenes (300 mL) was azeotroped using a Dean-Stark trap over 20 h in the presence of catalytic amount of pyridinium p-toluenesulfonate. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the resulting solid was rinsed with toluene and dried to afford 5.02 g (73%) of Preparation 12 as a brown solid. HPLC Ret. time: 2.03 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 269.14. Step 3: Preparation 13

To a slurry of Preparation 12 (1.00 g, 3.73 mmol) and potassium carbonate (0.51 g, 3.73 mmol) in acetone (15 mL) at rt was added iodomethane (0.35 mL, 3.73 mmol) dropwise. After stirring at rt for 30 min., crushed ice was added and the mixture was stirred at rt for 1 h. Acetic acid was added until pH range of 3-4 was reached and the resulting solid was collected by vacuum filtration and dried in vacuo to afford 0.86 g (82%) of Preparation 13 as a light yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 2.08 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 283. ¹H NMR: (d₆-DMSO, 500 MHz) δ 12.2 (br. s, 1H), 8.09 (t, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 6.05 (br. s, 1H), 3.12 (m, 2H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 1.48 (m, 2H), 1.17 (t, 3H), 0.82 (t, 3H). Step 4: Preparation 14

Preparation 14 was prepared from Preparation 13 utilizing a similar procedure as described in step 5 of Example 1. Yellow solid (72% yield). HPLC Ret. time: 3.45 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 301.08.

Step 5:

EXAMPLE 51 5-(6-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine

Example 51 was prepared from Preparation 14 utilizing a similar procedure as described in Step 6 of Example 1 by replacing 2-fluorophenyl boronic acid with 2-chlorophenylboronic acid. Light yellow solid (62% yield). HPLC Ret. time: 3.78 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 377.01. ¹H NMR: (d₆-DMSO, 500 MHz) δ 8.41 (t, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.59 (m, 2H), 7.50 (m, 2H), 3.23 (m, 2H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 1.58 (m, 2H), 1.17 (t, 3H), 0.91 (t, 3H).

Step 6:

EXAMPLE 52

To a slurry of Example 51 (0.49 g, 1.30 mmol) in methanol (10 mL) at 0° C. was added a slurry of Oxone™ compound (3.20 g) in 10 mL of water. After stirring for 5 h at 0° C., the reaction was diluted with water (10 mL) and the solid was collected by filtration and washed with water to afford 0.46 g (87%) of Example 52 as a bright yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 3.15 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 408.99. ¹H NMR: (d₆-DMSO, 400 MHz) δ 8.70 (t, 1H), 8.42 (s, 1H), 8.28 (s, 1H), 7.70 (m, 1H), 7.65 (m, 1H), 3.42 (s, 3H), 3.28 (m, 2H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 1.58 (m, 2H), 0.96 (t, 3H).

Step 7

EXAMPLE 50

A solution of Example 52 (30 mg, 0.073 mmol) and 1-methylpiperazine (25 μL, 0.22 mmol) in ethanol (0.3 mL) was heated at 80° C. for 1 h. After cooling to rt, the mixture was purified by reverse-phase preparative HPLC and the fractions containing the product were neutralized by adding saturated aq sodium bicarbonate solution (˜1 mL). The fractions were concentrated in vacuo to remove the methanol and the resulting aqueous slurry was filtered by vacuum filtration to collect the solid. Drying in vacuo afforded 18 mg (58%) of the title compound as a yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 2.43 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 429.23. ¹H NMR: (d₆-DMSO, 500 MHz) δ 8.18 (t, 1H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.56 (m, 2H), 7.45 (m, 2H), 7.14 (s, 1H), 3.72 (m, 4H), 3.28 (m, 2H), 2.32(m, 4H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 1.57 (m, 2H), 0.91(t, 3H).

EXAMPLES 53-64

Examples 53-64 listed in Table 4 below were prepared utilizing a similar procedure as described for Example 50. TABLE 4 HPLC and Ex. # Compound Structure/Name LCMS Data 53

HPLC t_(R) =2.82 min LCMS [M +H]⁺ =360.04 4-(2-fluorophenyl)-N-methyl-6-(2- (propylamino)thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine 54

HPLC t_(R) =3.21 min LCMS [M +H]⁺ =388.03 4-(2-chlorophenyl)-N-propyl-6-(2- (propylamino)thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine 55

HPLC t_(R) =3.19 min LCMS [M +H]⁺ =388.03 4-(2-chlorophenyl)-N-isopropyl-6-(2- (propylamino)thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine 56

HPLC t_(R) =3.41 min LCMS [M +H]⁺ =374.26 4-(2-chlorophenyl)-N,N-dimethyl-6-(2- (propylamino)thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine 57

HPLC t_(R) =2.25 min LCMS [M +H]⁺ =417.22 4-(2-chlorophenyl)-N-(2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)- 6-(2-(propylamino)thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine 58

HPLC t_(R) =2.28 min LCMS [M +H]⁺ =431.09 4-(2-chlorophenyl)-N-(3-(dimethylamino)propyl)-6- (2-(propylamino)thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine 59

HPLC t_(R) =2.94 min LCMS [M +H]⁺ =404.24 4-(2-chlorophenyl)-N-(2-methoxyethyl)-6-(2- (propylamino)thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine 60

HPLC t_(R) =3.54 min LCMS [M +H]⁺ =416.19 5-(6-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-morpholinopyrimidin-4- yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 61

HPLC t_(R) =2.25 min LCMS [M +H]⁺ =459.28 4-(2-chlorophenyl)-N-(2-morpholinoethyl)-6-(2- (propylamino)thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine 62

HPLC t_(R) =2.48 min LCMS [M +H]⁺ =403.04 2-(4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(propylamino)thiazol- 5-yl)pyrimidin-2-ylamino)acetamide 63

HPLC t_(R) =2.57 min LCMS [M +H]⁺ =417.22 2-(4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(propylamino)thiazol-5- yl)pyrimidin-2-ylamino)propionamide 64

HPLC t_(R) =3.63 min LCMS [M +H]⁺ =375.07 5-(6-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-ethoxypyrimidin-4-yl)- N-propylthiazol-2-amine

EXAMPLE 65 4-(2-chlorophenyl)-N-(piperidin-4-yl)-6-(2-(propylamino)thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine

Step 1:

EXAMPLE 66

Example 66 was prepared from Example 52 utilizing a similar procedure as described in Step 7 of Example 50 by replacing 1-methylpiperazine with tert-butyl 4-aminopiperidine-1-carboxylate. HPLC Ret. time: 3.78 min.

Step 2

EXAMPLE 65

To a solution of Example 66 in anhydrous dioxane (0.5 mL) was added a solution of 4N HCl in dioxane (0.5 mL) and the resulting solution was stirred at rt for 20 h. The mixture was diluted with ether (˜5 mL) and the solid was collected by vacuum filtration. The solid was purified by reverse-phase preparative HPLC and the fractions containing the product were concentrated in vacuo to remove the methanol. The resulting aqueous slurry was filtered by vacuum filtration to collect the solid. Drying in vacuo afforded 18 mg (57%) of Example 65 of TFA salt as a yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 2.37 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 429.28. ¹H NMR (d₆-DMSO, 500 MHz): δ 8.51 (m, 1H), 8.44 (m, 1H), 8.25 (m, 1H), 8.04 (s, 1H), 7.56 (m, 2H), 7.46 (m, 2H), 7.15 (s, 1H), 3.98 (m, 1H), 3.30 (m, 2H), 3.24 (m, 2H), 3.01 (m, 2H), 2.07 (m, 2H), 1.72 (m, 2H), 1.60 (m, 2H), 0.91 (t, 3H).

EXAMPLES 67-68

Examples 67-68 listed in Table 5 below were prepared according to the general procedure described in Example 38. TABLE 5 HPLC and Ex. # Compound Structure LCMS Data 67

HPLC t_(R) =2.34 min LCMS [M +H]⁺ =415.24 4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(propylamino)thiazol-5- yl)-N-((R)-pyrrolidin-3-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine 68

HPLC t_(R) =2.31 min LCMS [M +H]⁺ =415.34 4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(propylamino)thiazol-5- yl)-N-((S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine

EXAMPLE 69 5-(6-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)pyrimdin-4-yl)-N-isopropylthiazol-2-amine

Step 1: Preparation 15

Preparation 15 was prepared from Preparation 6 in Example 23 utilizing a similar procedure as described in step 2 of Example 1 by replacing chloroacetone with ethyl-4-chloroacetate. Yellow solid (95% yield). HPLC Ret. Time: 2.40 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 257.48. ¹H NMR: (d₆-CDCl₃, 500 MHz) δ 7.79 (s, 1H), 6.33 (br s, 1H), 4.19 (q, 2H), 3.75 (s, 2H), 3.67 (m, 1H), 1.30 (d, 6H), 1.24 (t, 3H). Step 2: Preparation 16

Preparation 16 was prepared from Preparation 15 utilizing a similar procedure as described in step 2 of Example 50. HPLC Ret. time: 2.06 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 269.48. Step 3: Preparation 17

Preparation 17 was prepared from Preparation 16 utilizing a similar procedure as described in step 3 of Example 50. HPLC Ret. time: 2.21 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 283.21. Step 4: Preparation 18

Preparation 18 was prepared from Preparation 17 utilizing a similar procedure as described in step 4 of Example 50. HPLC Ret. Time: 3.55 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 301.5.

Step 5:

EXAMPLE 70 5-(6-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-isopropylthiazol-2-amine

Example 70 was prepared from Preparation 18 utilizing a similar procedure as described in Step 5 of Example 50. Light yellow solid. HPLC Ret. Time: 3.97 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 395.49.

Step 6:

EXAMPLE 71 5-(6-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-isopropylthiazol-2-amine

Example 71 was prepared from Example 70 utilizing a similar procedure as described in Step 6 of Example 50. Light yellow solid. HPLC Ret. Time: 3.34 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 427.17.

Step 7

EXAMPLE 69

The title compound was prepared from Example 71 utilizing a similar procedure as described in Step 7 of Example 50. Light yellow solid. HPLC Ret. Time: 2.60 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 447.28.

EXAMPLES 72-125

Examples 72-125 listed in Table 6 below were prepared according to the general procedure described for Example 71. Non-commercial amines were used in the preparation of Examples 85-87, 102, and 116 and were prepared according to the following literature procedures: 2-amino-N,N-dimethylacetamide and 2-amino-1-morpholinoethanone were prepared as in J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1967, 89(24), 6096-103, 2-aminomethyl-3-fluoropyridine was prepared as in WO2003203922, and morpholine-4-sulfonamide was prepared as in WO2004011443. TABLE 6 Ex. # Compound Structure HPLC and LCMS Data  72

HPLC t_(R) = 2.44 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 435.29 4-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-N-(2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)- 6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine  73

HPLC t_(R) = 2.49 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 477.30 4-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol- 5-yl)-N-(2-morpholinoethyl)pyrimidin-2-amine  74

HPLC t_(R) = 2.57 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 463.27 4-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-N-(2-(diethylamino)ethyl)- 6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine  75

HPLC t_(R) = 3.26 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 436.24 4-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol- 5-yl)-N-(3-methoxypropyl)pyrimidin-2-amine  76

HPLC t_(R) = 2.50 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 461.23 4-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol- 5-yl)-N-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine  77

HPLC t_(R) = 3.29 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 448.34 4-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol- 5-yl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine  78

HPLC t_(R) = 2.91 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 476.34 1-(2-(4-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol- 5-yl)pyrimidin-2-ylamino)ethyl)pyrrolidin-2-one  79

HPLC t_(R) = 3.62 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 521.32 tert-butyl 2-(4-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)- thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-2-ylamino)ethylcarbamate  80

HPLC t_(R) = 2.69 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 438.18 2-(4-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol- 5-yl)pyrimidin-2-ylamino)propane-1,3-diol  81

HPLC t_(R) = 3.02 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 422.37 (1R)-1-(4-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)- thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-2-ylamino)ethane-1,2-diol  82

HPLC t_(R) = 3.02 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 422.37 (1S)-1-(4-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)- thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-2-ylamino)ethane-1,2-diol  83

HPLC t_(R) = 3.48 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 438.30 4-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)- thiazol-5-yl)-N-(2-(methylthio)ethyl)pyrimidin-2-amine  84

HPLC t_(R) = 2.79 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 435.14 3-(4-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)- thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-2-ylamino)propanamide  85

HPLC t_(R) = 2.98 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 449.18 2-(4-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)- thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-2-ylamino)-N,N-dimethylacetamide  86

HPLC t_(R) = 3.33 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 491.24 2-(4-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol- 5-yl)pyrimidin-2-ylamino)-1-morpholinoethanone  87

HPLC t_(R) = 2.92 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 473.27 4-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-N-((3-fluoropyridin-2-yl)methyl)-6- (2-(isopropylamino)thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine  88

HPLC t_(R) = 3.09 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 470.35 4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol- 5-yl)-N-(2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)pyrimidin-2-amine  89

HPLC t_(R) = 2.39 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 439.34 5-(6-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-(4-methylpiperazin-1- yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-isopropylthiazol-2-amine  90

HPLC t_(R) = 2.29 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 443.29 4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol- 5-yl)-N-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine  91

HPLC t_(R) = 2.28 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 417.35 4-(2-chlorophenyl)-N-(2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)- 6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine  92

HPLC t_(R) = 2.41 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 445.34 4-(2-chlorophenyl)-N-(2-(diethylamino)ethyl)-6- (2-(isopropylamino)thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine  93

HPLC t_(R) = 2.27 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 459.31 4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol- 5-yl)-N-(2-morpholinoethyl)pyrimidin-2-amine  94

HPLC t_(R) = 3.02 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 418.35 4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol- 5-yl)-N-(3-methoxypropyl)pyrimidin-2-amine  95

HPLC t_(R) = 2.69 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 458.32 1-(2-(4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol- 5-yl)pyrimidin-2-ylamino)ethyl)imidazolidin-2-one  96

HPLC t_(R) = 2.59 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 417.32 3-(4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol-5- yl)pyrimidin-2-ylamino)propanamide  97

HPLC t_(R) = 2.70 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 390.3 2-(4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol- 5-yl)pyrimidin-2-ylamino)ethanol  98

HPLC t_(R) = 2.77 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 404.32 3-(4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol- 5-yl)pyrimidin-2-ylamino)propan-1-ol  99

HPLC t_(R) = 2.58 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 420.30 3-(4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol- 5-yl)pyrimidin-2-ylamino)propane-1,2-diol 100

HPLC t_(R) = 2.83 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 404.31 (2R)-2-(4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol- 5-yl)pyrimidin-2-ylamino)propan-1-ol 101

HPLC t_(R) = 2.42 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 451.29 4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol- 5-yl)-N-((6-methylpyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrimidin-2-amine 102

HPLC t_(R) = 3.14 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 455.28 4-(2-chlorophenyl)-N-((3-fluoropyridin-2-yl)methyl)- 6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine 103

HPLC t_(R) = 2.42 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 437.32 4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol- 5-yl)-N-(pyridin-2-ylmethyl)pyrimidin-2-amine 104

HPLC t_(R) = 2.46 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 457.35 4-(2-chlorophenyl)-N-(((R)-1-ethylpyrrolidin-2-yl)methyl)- 6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine 105

HPLC t_(R) = 3.35 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 480.28 (2R)-2-(4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol- 5-yl)pyrimidin-2-ylamino)-3-phenylpropan-1-ol 106

HPLC t_(R) = 3.35 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 480.28 (2S)-2-(4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol- 5-yl)pyrimidin-2-ylamino)-3-phenylpropan-1-ol 107

HPLC t_(R) = 2.91 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 529.18 4-(2-(4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol- 5-yl)pyrimidin-2-ylamino)ethyl)benzenesulfonamide 108

HPLC t_(R) = 2.89 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 471.28 1-(3-(4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol- 5-yl)pyrimidin-2-ylamino)propyl)pyrrolidin-2-one 109

HPLC t_(R) = 2.97 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 424.24 N-(4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol- 5-yl)pyrimidin-2-yl)methanesulfonamide 110

HPLC t_(R) = 2.96 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 418.15 4-(4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol- 5-yl)pyrimidin-2-ylamino)butan-2-ol 111

HPLC t_(R) = 3.25 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 430.36 1-(4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol- 5-yl)pyrimidin-2-yl)piperidin-4-ol 112

HPLC t_(R) = 2.92 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 464.28 113

HPLC t_(R) = 2.60 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 346.39 4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol- 5-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine 114

HPLC t_(R) = 3.42 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 374.40 4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol- 5-yl)-N,N-dimethylpyrimidin-2-amine 115

HPLC t_(R) = 2.74 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 485.35 4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol- 5-yl)-N-(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine 116

HPLC t_(R) = 3.19 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 495.23 N-(4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol- 5-yl)pyrimidin-2-yl)morpholine-4-sulfonamide 117

HPLC t_(R) = 3.55 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 416.37 5-(6-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-morpholinopyrimidin-4- yl)-N-isopropylthiazol-2-amine 118

HPLC t_(R) = 2.74 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 490.24 N-(4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol- 5-yl)pyrimidin-2-yl)-1-methyl-1H-imidazole-4-sulfonamide 120

HPLC t_(R) = 2.40 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 408.21 3-(4-(2-cyanophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol- 5-yl)pyrimidin-2-ylamino)propanamide 121

HPLC t_(R) = 2.77 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 409.24 2-(2-(3-hydroxybutylamino)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol- 5-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)benzonitrile 122

HPLC t_(R) = 2.75 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 462.40 2-(6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol-5-yl)-2-(3-(2-oxopyrrolidin- 1-yl)propylamino)pyrimidin-4-yl)benzonitrile 123

HPLC t_(R) = 1.96 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 408.25 2-(2-(2-(dimethylamino)ethylamino)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)- thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)benzonitrile 124

HPLC t_(R) = 2.18 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 426.40 2-(2-(2-(dimethylamino)ethylamino)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)- thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-5-fluorobenzonitrile 125

HPLC t_(R) = 1.91 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 413.30 (2-(2-(2-(dimethylamino)ethylamino)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)- thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)phenyl)methanol  125a

HPLC t_(R) = 1.91 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 413.30 (S)-2-(4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol- 5-yl)pyrimidin-2-ylamino)propanoic acid  125b

HPLC t_(R) = 1.91 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 413.30 (R)-2-(4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)- thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-2-ylamino)propanoic acid  125c

HPLC t_(R) = 2.74 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 418.16 3-(4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol- 5-yl)pyrimidin-2-ylamino)propanoic acid  125d

HPLC t_(R) = 3.24 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 446.24 (R)-2-(4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol- 5-yl)pyrimidin-2-ylamino)-3-methylbutanoic acid

EXAMPLE 126 1-(2-(2-(2-(dimethylamino)ethylamino)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)benzyl)-3-cyclopropylurea

Step 1:

EXAMPLE 127 tert-butyl 2-(6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol-5-yl)-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate

Example 127 was prepared from Preparation 18 utilizing a similar procedure as described in step 5 of Example 50. Yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 3.92 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 472. ¹H NMR: (d₆-DMSO, 500 MHz) δ 8.26 (d, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.46 (m, 2H), 7.39 (m, 2H), 7.25 (br t, 1H), 4.30 (d, 2H), 3.82 (m, 1H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 1.34 (s, 9H), 1.18 (d, 6H).

Step 2:

EXAMPLE 128 tert-butyl 2-(6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol-5-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate

Example 128 was prepared from Example 127 utilizing a similar procedure as described in step 6 of Example 50. Yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 3.50 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 504.27.

Step 3:

EXAMPLE 129 tert-butyl 2-(2-(2-(dimethylamino)ethylamino)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate

Example 129 was prepared from Example 128 utilizing a similar procedure as described in step 7 of Example 50 and by replacing 1-methylpiperazine with 2-dimethylaminoethylamine. Yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 2.56 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 512.39.

Step 4:

EXAMPLE 130 4-(2-(aminomethyl)phenyl)-N-(2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine

To a solution of Example 129 (85 mg, 0.166 mmol) in anhydrous dioxane (1 mL) was added a solution of 4N HCl in dioxane (2 mL) and the resulting solution was stirred at rt for 20 h. The mixture was diluted with ether (˜20 mL) and filtered to collect the bis hydrochloride salt of Example 130 as a yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 1.39 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 412.33.

Step 5

EXAMPLE 126

To a slurry of Example 130 (0.10 g, 0.20 mmol) in methylene chloride (1 mL) at 0° C. were successively added p-nitrophenylchloroformate (44 mg, 0.22 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (0.18 mL, 1.0 mmol) and the resulting mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 30 min. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the resulting oil was dissolved in DMF (1 mL) and cyclopropylamine (46 mg, 0.40 mmol) was added. After stirring at rt for 30 min, the mixture was purified by reverse-phase preparative HPLC to afford fractions containing the desired product. These fractions were neutralized by adding saturated sodium bicarbonate (˜1 mL) and concentrated in vacuo to remove the methanol. The resulting solid was collected by filtration to afford 17 mg of the title compound as a yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 1.98 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 495.38. ¹H NMR: (d₆-DMSO, 500 MHz) δ 8.06 (d, 1H), 8.00 (s, 1H), 7.46 (m, 1H), 7.41 (m, 2H), 7.38 (m, 1H), 7.13 (s, 1H), 7.00 (br. s, 1H), 6.28 (br s, 1H), 6.25(br s, 1H), 4.38 (m, 1H), 3.82 (br m, 1H), 3.47 (m, 2H), 2.70 (br m, 2H), 2.38 (br s, 6H), 1.18 (d, 6H), 0.53 (m, 2H), 0.29 (m, 2H).

EXAMPLES 131-133

Examples 131-133 in Table 7 were prepared from Example 130 utilizing a similar procedure as described for Example 126. TABLE 7 Ex. # Compound Structure HPLC and LCMS Data 131

HPLC t_(R) = 2.09 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 497.39 1-(2-(2-(2-(dimethylamino)ethylamino)-6-(2- (isopropylamino)thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)benzyl)-3-isopropylurea 132

HPLC t_(R) = 1.84 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 469.28 1-(2-(2-(2-(dimethylamino)ethylamino)-6-(2- (isopropylamino)thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)benzyl)-3-methylurea 133

HPLC t_(R) = 1.90 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 483.26 1-(2-(2-(2-(dimethylamino)ethylamino)-6-(2- (isopropylamino)thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)benzyl)-3-ethylurea

ALTERNATIVE PREPARATION OF EXAMPLE 133

1-(2-(2-(2-(dimethylamino)ethylamino)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)benzyl)-3-ethylurea

Step 1: Preparation 18a

To a slurry of 2-amino-5-bromo-thiazole monohydrobromide (25 g, 96 mmol) in 75 mL of pyridine at rt was added (Boc)₂O (23.1 g, 106 mmol) in three portions over 15 min and the resulting mixture was allowed to stir at rt for ˜16 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and partitioned between water (200 mL) and ethyl acetate (200 mL). The aqueous layer containing a significant amount of undissolved solids was further extracted with warm ethyl acetate (3×150 mL). The combined organic extracts were then washed with 1 N aq. HCl (3×150 mL), sat'd aq. sodium bicarbonate (2×100 mL), and brine (100 mL), then dried over anhyd sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to afford 16.7 g (62%) of Preparation 18a as a tan solid. HPLC Ret. time: 3.71 min. Step 2: Preparation 18b

To a solution of Preparation 18a (10 g, 36 mmol), triphenylphosphine (14.1 g, 54 mmol), and isopropanol (4.1 mL, 54 mmol) in THF (75 mL) at rt was slowly added diethyl azodicarboxylate (8.4 mL, 54 mmol) over 10 min causing a slight exothermic reaction. After stirring for 2.5 h at rt, the reaction was concentrated in vacuo to remove the THF and the remaining material was dissolved in ethyl acetate (150 mL). The solution was washed with 1 N aq. HCl (3×100 mL), water (50 mL), and satd. Aq. sodium bicarbonate (50 mL), then dried over anhyd sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford a thick reddish-brown oil. Approximately 50 mL of ethyl acetate was added causing a precipitate to form from the solution. The solution was filtered to remove the solid and the resulting clear solution was concentrated. To the resulting material was then added diethyl ether (200 mL) and a 20% aq. solution of Oxone was added and the mixture was stirred vigorously at rt for ˜16 h. Ethyl acetate (200 mL) was added and the resulting layers were separated. The organic layer was concentrated and the resulting oil was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient elution from 5% to 10% ethyl acetate in hexanes as the eluant. Fractions containing the product were collected and concentrated to afford 9.2 g (79%) of a grey solid as Preparation 18b. HPLC Ret. time: 4.20 min. Step 3: Preparation 18c

To a solution of Preparation 18c (9.2 g, 28.4 mmol) in THF (140 mL) at −78° C. was added a 2.5 M solution of n-butyllithium in hexanes (12.5 mL, 31.2 mmol) and the resulting orange-colored solution was stirred at −78° C. for 25 min. At this time, 2-isopropoxy-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (6.4 mL, 31.2 mmol) was added and the solution was stirred at −78° C. for an additional 45 min, then warmed to rt over 1 h. The reaction was quenched by a slow dropwise addition of satd aq ammonium chloride (25 mL) then water (50 mL). The mixture was concentrated on a rotory evaporator to remove the THF, then the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×150 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (2×50 mL) and brine (50 mL), then dried over anhyd. Sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford 10.0 g (95%) of a yellow solid as Preparation 18c. HPLC Ret. time: 3.24 min. Step 4: Preparation 18d

To a solution of Preparation 18c (9.9 g, 24.7 mmol) and 4,6-dichloro-2-(mtethylthio)-pyrimidine (7.2 g, 37.1 mmol) in toluene (125 mL) was added ethanol (16.7 mL) and 2M aq potassium phosphate solution (25 mL) and the resulting mixture was degassed with argon. At this time, Pd(PPh₃)₄ (1.4 g, 1.24 mmol) was added and the resulting solution was refluxed for 6 h. After cooling to rt, ethyl acetate (100 mL) was added and the layers were separated. The organic portion was washed with water (50 mL) and brine (50 mL), then dried over anhyd sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford a thick red oil. This material was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient elution from 100% hexanes initially to 5% ethyl acetate in hexanes to elute the product. Concentration in vacuo afforded 7.25 g (73%) of Preparation 18d as a pale yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 4.64 min.

Step 5:

EXAMPLE 133a

Example 133a was prepared from Preparation 18d and tert-butyl 2-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzylcarbamate utilizing a similar procedure as described in Step 4 for Preparation 18d. Afforded Example 133a as an off-white solid (86%). HPLC Ret. time: 4.70 min.

Step 6:

EXAMPLE 133b

Example 133b was prepared from Example 133a utilizing a similar procedure as described in step 6 of Example 50. Afforded a pale yellow solid (89%). HPLC Ret. time: 4.14 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 604.35.

Step 7:

EXAMPLE 133c

Example 133c was prepared from Example 133b utilizing a similar procedure as described in step 7 of Example 50. Afforded a white solid (66%). HPLC Ret. time: 3.57 min.

Step 8:

EXAMPLE 133d N1-(4-(2-(aminomethyl)phenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-2-yl)-N2,N2-dimethylethane-1,2-diamine

To a solution of Example 133c (0.70 g, 1.14 mmol) in dioxane (3 mL) was added a 4 N solution of HCl in dioxane (3 mL) and the resulting solution was warmed to 50° C. for 4.5 h. Nitrogen was bubbled into the solution to purge the excess HCl then the solution was diluted with diethyl ether (˜5 mL). The resulting slurry was briefly sonicated and the solid was collected by vacuum filtration washing with additional diethyl ether (10 mL). The partially hygroscopic solid was dried in vacuo to afford 0.58 g (98%) of yellow powder as the tris-HCl salt of Example 133d. HPLC Ret. time: 1.30 min.

Step 9

EXAMPLE 133

To a slurry of Example 133d (0.58 g, 1.12 mmol) in dichloromethane (12 mL) at rt was added diisopropylethylamine (0.68 mL, 3.91 mmol) and the resulting mixture was stirred until a clear, homogeneous solution resulted (˜5 min). At this time, ethyl isocyanate (97 μL, 1.23 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at rt for 30 min then concentrated in vacuo. The resulting oil was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient elution beginning with 100% dichloromethane and ending with a 10% of 2 M ammonia in methanol to 90% dichloromethane mixture. Fractions containing the desired product were concentrated to afford an oil which was dissolved in water (5 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (5×10 mL). The combined extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhyd sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford 0.31 g (58%) of Example 133 as a pale yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 1.90 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 483.26.

EXAMPLE 133e

Step 1:

EXAMPLE 133f

Example 133f was prepared from Example 127 utilizing a similar procedure as described in step 4 of Example 127. Afforded Example 133f as a yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 2.32 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 372.25.

Step 2:

EXAMPLE 133g

To a slurry of Example 133f (0.11 g, 0.25 mmol) in methylene chloride (1 mL) at rt were successively added ethyl isocyanate (22 μL, 0.28 mmol) and diisopropylethyl-amine (0.16 mL, 0.89 mmol) and the resulting mixture was stirred for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the resulting mixture was sonicated with water (2 mL). The resulting solid was collected by filtration to afford 170 mg of the title compound as a light yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 3.17 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 443.31.

Step 3:

EXAMPLE 133h

Example 133h was prepared from Example 133g utilizing a similar procedure as described in step 6 of Example 50. Afforded Example 133h as a yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 2.81 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 475.33.

Step 4

EXAMPLE 133e

Example 133e was prepared from Example 133h utilizing a similar procedure as described in step 7 of Example 50 and by replacing 1-methylpiperazine with (S)-(+)-2-amino-1-methoxypropane. Afforded Example 133e as a yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 2.81 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 484.44. ¹H NMR: (d₆-DMSO, 400 MHz) δ 8.00 (s, 1H), 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.42 (m, 2H), 7.38 (m, 1H), 7.30 (m, 1H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 6.78 (d, 1H), 6.14(br s, 1H), 5.95(br s, 1H), 4.28 (m, 2H), 4.12 (m, 1H), 3.78 (m, 1H), 3.38 (m, 1H), 3.20 (s, 3H), 2.95 (m, 3H), 1.15 (d, 6H), 1.12(d, 3H), 0.93 (t, 3H).

EXAMPLES 133i-133z

Examples 133i-133z in Table 7a were prepared from Example 133h utilizing a similar procedure as described in Step 7 of Example 50. TABLE 7a Ex. # Compound Structure HPLC and LCMS Data 133i

HPLC t_(R) = 2.29 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 486.41 133j

HPLC t_(R) = 2.70 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 510.43 133k

HPLC t_(R) = = 2.43 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 539.45 133l

HPLC t_(R) = = 2.58 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 470.44 133m

HPLC t_(R) = 2.56 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 470.43 133n

HPLC t_(R) = 2.54 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 470.44 133o

HPLC t_(R) = 2.23 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 486.41 133p

HPLC t_(R) = 2.63 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 470.44 133q

HPLC t_(R) = 1.99 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 537.50 133r

HPLC t_(R) = 3.05 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 567.51 133s

HPLC t_(R) = 2.47 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 530.5  133t

HPLC t_(R) = 2.54 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 470.36 133u

HPLC t_(R) = 2.53 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 470.36 133v

HPLC t_(R) = 2.29 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 486.31 133w

HPLC t_(R) = 2.29 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 486.31 133x

HPLC t_(R) = 2.91 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 498.35 133y

HPLC t_(R) = 1.94 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 469.40 133z

HPLC t_(R) = 1.94 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 469.40

EXAMPLE 133za

Step 1:

EXAMPLE 133zb

To a slurry of Example 133f (0.62 g, 1.27 mmol) in methylene chloride (4 mL) at 0° C. were successively added diisopropylethylamine (0.1.77 mL, 10 mmol) and CDI (309 mg, 1.90 mmol) and the resulting mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h. Then cyclopropylamine (218 mg, 3.81 mmol) was added and the mixture was allowed to warm to rt overnight. The resulting mixture was diluted with EtOAc (200 mL) and was washed with aq. HCl (0.5 N, 20 mL×2), brine and dried over anhyd. sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration in vacuo yielded a light yellow solid, which was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with 10% methanol in ethyl acetate mixture. Concentration in vacuo afforded 506 mg (88%) of Example 133zb as a yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 3.35 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 455.29.

Step 2:

EXAMPLE 133zc

Example 133zc was prepared from Example 133zb using a similar procedure as described in Step 6 of Example 50. HPLC Ret. time: 2.94 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 487.23.

Step 3

EXAMPLE 133za

Example 133za was prepared from Example 133zc using a similar procedure as described in Step 7 of Example 50. HPLC Ret. time: 2.53 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 482.23. ¹H NMR: (d₆-DMSO, 400 MHz) δ 7.80 (d, 1H), 7.22 (m, 1H), 7.17 (m, 2H), 7.12 (m, 1H), 6.86 (s, 1H), 6.66 (m, 1H), 6.05 (m, 1H), 4.50(m, 1H), 4.12(m, 2H), 3.56 (m, 2H), 2.96 (m, 1H), 2.15 (m, 1H), 0.94 (d, 6H), 0.84(d, 3H), 0.30 (m 2H), 0.0.06 (m, 2H).

EXAMPLES 133zd-133zk

Examples 133zd-133zk in Table 7aa were prepared from Example 133zc utilizing a similar procedure as described in Step 7 of Example 50. TABLE 7aa Ex. # Compound Structure HPLC and LCMS Data 133zd

HPLC t_(R) = 2.53 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 482.33 133ze

HPLC t_(R) = 2.53 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 482.33 133zf

HPLC t_(R) = 2.30 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 498.30 133zg

HPLC t_(R) = 2.30 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 498.30 133zh

HPLC t_(R) = 2.22 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 498.30 133zi

HPLC t_(R) = 2.63 LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 482.33 133zj

HPLC t_(R) = 1.99 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 481.39 133zk

HPLC t_(R) = 1.99 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 481.39

EXAMPLE 133aa

Step 1: Prep of Intermediate 1

A mixture of 2-bromo-5-fluoro-benzylbromide (2.92 g, 13.4 mmol), di-tert-butyl iminodicarbonate (3.00 g, 11.2 mmol) and cesium carbonate (5.48 g, 16.8 mmol) in DMF (45 mL) was stirred for 18 h. Crushed ice was added and stirred for 3 h. Solid was collected and washed with water, dried in vauco to afford 4.0 g (89%) of Intermediate 1 as a white solid as title compound. HPLC Ret. time: 4.11 min. Step 2: Prep of Boronate Ester

A mixture of Intermediate 1 (1.46 g, 3.61 mmol), bis(pinacolato-)diborane (1.06 g, 4.15 mmol), potassium acetate and DMSO (0.18 mL) in a 1,4-dioxane (9 mL) was purged with argon for 15 minutes. [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) complex with dichloromethane (89 mg, 0.108 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture was heated at 95° C. for 24 h. After cooling to rt, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×60 mL) and the combined extracts were washed with brine and dried over anhyd. sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration in vacuo yielded 1.90 g of a black oil. Purification by ISCO—flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with hexane and ethyl acetate mixture afforded after concentration in vacuo 1.50 g (92%) of the boronate ester as a colorless oil. HPLC Ret. time: 4.33 mM.

Step 3:

EXAMPLE 133bb

Example 133bb was prepared from Preparation 18d using a similar procedure as described in Step 4 for Preparation 18d.

Step 4:

EXAMPLE 133 cc

Example 133 cc was prepared from Example 133bb utilizing a similar procedure as described in step 8 of Example 133. Afforded the bis-HCl salt of Example 133 cc as a yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 2.32 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 390.27.

Step 5:

EXAMPLE 133dd

Example 133dd was prepared from Example 133 cc using a similar procedure as described in Step 9 of Example 133. HPLC Ret. time: 3.24 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 461.25.

Step 6:

EXAMPLE 133ee

Example 133ee was prepared from Example 133dd utilizing a similar procedure as described in step 6 of Example 50. HPLC Ret. time: 2.88 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 493.17.

Step 7

EXAMPLE 133aa

Example 133aa was prepared from Example 133ee utilizing a similar procedure as described in step 7 of Example 50. HPLC t_(R)=2.62 min, LCMS [M+H]+488.06.

EXAMPLES 133ff-133kk

Examples 133ff-133kk in Table 7b were prepared from Example 133 utilizing a similar procedure as described in Step 7 of Example 50. TABLE 7b Ex. # Compound Structure HPLC and LCMS Data 133ff

HPLC t_(R) = 2.59 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 488.06 133gg

HPLC t_(R) = 2.59 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 488.06 133hh

HPLC t_(R) = 2.37 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 504.06 133ii

HPLC t_(R) = 2.37 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 504.06 133jj

HPLC t_(R) = 2.70 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 488.06 133kk

HPLC t_(R) = 2.32 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 504.06

EXAMPLE 133ll

Step 1:

EXAMPLE 133 mm

Prepared from Example 133 cc.

Step 2:

EXAMPLE 133nn

Example 133nn was prepared from Example 133 mm using a similar procedure as described in Step 6 of Example 50.

Step 3

EXAMPLE 133ll

Example 133ll was prepared from Example 133nn using a similar procedure as described in Step 7 of Example 50. HPLC t_(R)=2.40 min, LCMS [M+H]⁺=516.14.

EXAMPLES 133oo-133 pp

Examples 133oo-133 pp in Table 7c were prepared from Example 133nn utilizing a similar procedure as described in Step 7 of Example 50. TABLE 7c Ex. # Compound Structure HPLC and LCMS Data 133oo

HPLC t_(R) = 2.61 min LCMS [M + H]⁺= 500.09 133pp

HPLC t_(R) = 2.28 min LCMS [M + H]⁺= 516.06

EXAMPLE 133qq

Step 1:

EXAMPLE 133rr

Example 133rr was prepared from Example 127 utilizing a similar procedure as described in step 7 of Example 50 and by replacing 1-methylpiperazine with 11-amino-2-propanol. Afforded Example 133rr as a yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 2.89 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 499.36.

Step 2:

EXAMPLE 133ss

Example 133ss was prepared from Example 133rr utilizing a similar procedure as described in step 4 of Example 127. Afforded Example 133ss as a yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 1.93 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 399.44.

Step 3

EXAMPLE 133qq

Example 133qq was prepared from Example 133ss utilizing a similar procedure as described in step 9 of Example 133 and by replacing ethyl isocyanate with n-propyl isocyanate. Afforded Example 133qq as a yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 2.68 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 484.39. ¹H NMR: (d₆-DMSO, 400 MHz) δ 8.30 (s, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.45 (m, 3H), 7.35 (m, 1H), 7.16 (m, 1H), 6.28 (s, 1H), 6.05 (m, 1H), 4.29(m, 2H), 3.95 (m, 2H), 3.82 (m, 2H), 3.22 (m, 1H), 2.93 (m, 2H), 1.38 (m, 2H), 1.22 (d, 6H), 1.10 (d, 3H), 0.81 (t, 3H).

EXAMPLES 133tt-133uu

Examples 133tt and 133uu in Table 7d were prepared from Example 133ss utilizing a similar procedure as described for Step 9 of Example 133. TABLE 7d Ex. # Compound Structure HPLC and LCMS Data 133tt

HPLC t_(R) = 2.66 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 484.38 133uu

HPLC t_(R) = 2.84 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 510.37

EXAMPLE 133vv

Step 1:

EXAMPLE 133ww

Example 133ww was prepared from Preparation 18 utilizing a similar procedure as described in step 5 of Example 50. Afforded Example 133ww as a yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 3.38 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 373.18.

Step 2:

EXAMPLE 133xx

Example 133xx was prepared from Example 133ww utilizing a similar procedure as described in step 9 of Example 133. Afforded Example 133xx as a yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 3.40 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 443.97. ¹H NMR: (d₆-DMSO, 500 MHz) δ 8.28 (d, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.62 (d, 1H), 7.52 (m, 2H), 7.51 (m, 1H), 5.21(s, 2H), 3.84 (m, 1H), 2.95 (m, 2H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 1.20(d, 6H), 0.96 (t, 3H).

Step 3:

EXAMPLE 133yy

Example 133yy was prepared from Example 133xx utilizing a similar procedure as described in step 6 of Example 50. Afforded Example 133yy as a bright yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 2.84 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 475.97.

Step 4

EXAMPLE 133vv

Example 133w was prepared from Example 133yy utilizing a similar procedure as described in step 7 of Example 50. Afforded Example 133vv as a yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 2.59 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 471.05. ¹H NMR: (d₆-DMSO, 400 MHz) δ 8.45 (d, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.58 (m, 1H), 7.52 (m, 2H), 7.48 (m, 1H), 7.24 (m, 1H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 5.30 (m, 1H), 5.21(s, 2H), 3.85 (m, 2H), 3.20 (m, 1H), 2.98 (m, 2H), 1.20(d, 6H), 1.09 (d, 3H), 0.96 (t, 3H).

EXAMPLE 133zz

Example 133zz was prepared from Example 133yy utilizing a similar procedure as described in step 9 of Example 133. Afforded Example 133zz as a yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 2.06 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 483.63.

EXAMPLE 133aaa

Step 1:

EXAMPLE 133bbb

To a solution of Example 133ww (0.20 g, 0.54 mmol) in THF (2 mL) at rt was added MnO₂ (0.46 g, 5.4 mmol) in one portion and the resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 16 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of celite and the filter cake was washed with THF (10 mL×3) and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to afford 146 mg of light brown solid as the title compound. HPLC Ret. time: 2.41 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 371.16.

Step 2:

EXAMPLE 133 ccc

To a solution of MeMgCl (0.6 mL, 3M in THF, 1.8 mmol) in THF (0.5 mL) at 0° C. was added Example 133bbb in THF (2 mL) via cannula. After stirring at 0° C. for 1 h, sat. aq. NH₄Cl (5 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (200 mL). The extracts were washed with brine and dried over anhyd. sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration in vacuo yielded 196 mg of a brown solid, which was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with 50% ethyl acetate in hexanes mixture. Concentration in vacuo afforded 140 mg (96%) of Example 133 ccc as a yellow foam. HPLC Ret. time: 3.29 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 387.15.

Step 3:

EXAMPLE 133ddd

To a solution of Example 133 ccc (430 mg, 1.11 mmol) and DPPA (530 μL, 2.45 mmol) in toluene (4.5 mL) at 0° C. was added DBU (366 μL, 2.45 mmol) via syringe. After stirring at 0° C. for 1 h, the mixture was allowed to warm to rt. Ethyl acetate (200 mL) was added and the mixture was washed with water (2×), brine and dried over anhyd. sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration in vacuo yielded 750 mg of a yellow oil, which was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with 50% ethyl acetate in hexanes mixture. Concentration in vacuo afforded 150 mg (93%) of Example 133ddd as a yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 3.96 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 412.16. ¹H NMR: (d₆-DMSO, 400 MHz) δ 8.32 (d, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 7.68 (s, 1H), 7.63 (m, 1H), 7.59 (m, 1H), 7.53 (m, 1H), 7.50 (m, 1H), 5.27(q, 1H), 3.86(m, 1H), 2.53 (s, 3H), 1.49(d, 3H), 1.19 (d, 6H).

Step 4:

EXAMPLE 133eee

Example 133eee was prepared from Example 133ddd utilizing a similar procedure as described in Step 6 of Example 50. Afforded Example 133eee as a light yellow solid. HPLC Ret. Time: 3.30 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 444.2.

Step 5:

EXAMPLE 133fff

Example 133fff was prepared from Example 133eee utilizing a similar procedure as described in Step 7 of Example 50. Afforded Example 133fff as a light yellow solid. HPLC Ret. Time: 2.48 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 452.18.

Step 6:

EXAMPLE 133ggg

To a solution of Example 133fff (68 mg, 0.15 mmol) in THF (1 mL) and water (20 μL 0.45 mmol) was added triphenylphosphine (59 mg, 0.22 mmol) and the resulting mixture was warmed to 60° C. for 3 h. After cooling to rt, the THF was removed in vacuo and the crude material was purified by reverse-phase preparative HPLC. The fractions containing the product were concentrated to remove the methanol and the resulting aqueous solution was lyophilized to afford 70 mg of Example 133ggg as a yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 1.43 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z)=426.25.

Step 7

EXAMPLE 133aaa

Example 133aaa was prepared from Example 133ggg utilizing a similar procedure as described in the step 9 of Example 133. Afforded Example 133aaa as a light yellow solid. HPLC Ret. Time: 1.97 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 497.33. ¹H NMR: (d₆-DMSO, 500 MHz) δ 8.02 (d, 1H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 7.45 (m, 1H), 7.42 (m, 1H), 7.34 (m, 1H), 7.29 (m, 1H), 7.13 (s, 1H), 6.78 (m, 1H), 6.38 (m, 1H), 5.70(m, 1H), 5.14 (m, 1H), 3.81(m, 1H), 3.37 (m, 2H), 2.92 (m, 2H), 2.42 (m, 2H), 2.16 (br. s, 6H), 1.28(m, 3H), 1.18 (d, 6H), 0.91 (t, 3H).

EXAMPLE 133hhh (S)-1-(1-(2-(2-(2-(dimethylamino)ethylamino)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)phenyl)ethyl)-3-ethylurea

Prepared by chiral chromatography separation of Example 133aaa. Afforded a light yellow powder. HPLC Ret. Time: 1.97 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 497.33.

EXAMPLE 133iii (R)-1-(1-(2-(2-(2-(dimethylamino)ethylamino)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)phenyl)ethyl)-3-ethylurea

Prepared by chiral chromatography separation of Example 133aaa. Afforded a light yellow powder. HPLC Ret. Time: 1.97 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 497.33.

EXAMPLE 134 5-(6-(2-chlorophenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine

To a solution of Example 52 (0.10 g, 0.25 mmol) in THF (6 mL) at −78° C. was added lithium borohydride (1.6 mL, 1.0M in THF) dropwise and the resulting was stirred at −78° C. for 4 h. The reaction was quenched by a sequential addition of methanol (0.5 mL), 0.2 mL of 6N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution, and water. The resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 4 h and concentrated in vacuo to remove the methanol and THF. The solid was collected by filtration and washed with water. The solid was slurried in methanol and collected by vacuum filtration to afford 59 mg of yellow solid as the title compound. HPLC Ret. time: 3.39 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 331.22. ¹H NMR: (d₆-DMSO, 500 MHz) δ 9.00 (s, 1H), 8.38 (t, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.62 (m, 2H), 7.50 (m, 2H), 3.23 (m, 2H), 1.57 (m, 2H), 0.91 (m, 3H).

EXAMPLES 135-136b

Examples 135-136b in Table 8 were prepared utilizing a similar procedure as described for Example 134. TABLE 8 Ex. # Compound Structure/Name HPLC and LCMS Data 135 

HPLC t_(R) = 3.33 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 331.22 5-(6-(2-chlorophenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N- isopropylthiazol-2-amine 136 

HPLC t_(R) = 3.47 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 426.28 tert-butyl 2-(6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol-5- yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate 136a

HPLC t_(R) = 2.51 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 397.31 1-ethyl-3-(2-(6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol-5- yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)benzyl)urea 136b

HPLC t_(R) = 2.66 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 409.30 1-cyclopropyl-3-(2-(6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol- 5-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)benzyl)urea

EXAMPLE 137

To a slurry of Example 130 (0.025 g, 0.06 mmol) in methylene chloride (1 mL) at rt were successively added dimethylsulfamoyl chloride (11 mg, 0.07 mmol) and triethylamine (0.04 mL, 0.3 mmol) and the resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 4 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. Purification by reverse-phase preparative HPLC afforded fractions containing the desired product. These fractions were neutralized by adding saturated sodium bicarbonate (˜1 mL) and concentrated in vacuo to remove the methanol. The resulting aqueous portion was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×10 mL) and the combined extracts were washed with brine (5 mL), dried over anhyd sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford 13 mg of the title compound as a pale yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 1.98 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 519.36.

EXAMPLE 137a Methyl 2-(2-(2-hydroxypropylamino)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate

Example 137a was prepared from Example 133ss utilizing a similar procedure as described in the Example 137 by replacing dimethylsulfamoyl chloride with methyl chloroformate. Yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 2.46 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 457.34. ¹H NMR: (d₆-DMSO, 400 MHz) δ 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.57 (m, 1H), 7.49 (m, 2H), 7.40 (m, 1H), 7.16 (m, 2H), 4.37(m, 2H), 3.84(m, 1H), 3.48 (s, 3H), 3.30 (m, 1H), 3.22 (m, 1H), 2.97 (m, 1H), 1.22 (d, 6H), 1.10 (d, 3H).

EXAMPLES 137b-137e

Examples 137b-137e in Table 8a were prepared utilizing a similar procedure as described for Example 137a. TABLE 8a Ex. # Compound Structure/Name HPLC and LCMS Data 137b

HPLC t_(R) = 2.64 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 471.31 137c

HPLC t_(R) = 2.46 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 441.29 138d

HPLC t_(R) = 2.61 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 469.39 137e

HPLC t_(R) = 2.50 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 467.33

EXAMPLE 137f

To a solution of chlorosulfonylisocyanate (18 μΛl, 0.21 mmol) in dichloroethane (2 mL) at 0° C. were added 2-chloroethanol (15 μΛl, 0.21 mmol) and the resulting mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1.5 h. The resulting clear solution was added to the solution of Example 133ss (100 mg, 0.21 mmol) and triethylamine (150 μL, 1.0 mmol) in dichloroethane (2 mL) at 0° C. via cannula. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h and then rt overnight. The reaction was quenched with 0.4N HCl (10 mL1) and extracted with dichloromethane (30 mL×2). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine and dried over anhyd. sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration in vacuo yielded a yellow foam, which was dissolved in acetonitrile (1 mL) and cyclopropylamine was added and heated at 60° C. for 2 h. Purification by reverse-phase preparative HPLC afforded fractions containing the desired product. These fractions were neutralized by adding saturated sodium bicarbonate (˜1 mL) and concentrated in vacuo to remove the methanol. The resulting aqueous portion was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×10 mL) and the combined extracts were washed with brine (5 mL), dried over anhyd sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford 4 mg of the title compound as a pale white solid. HPLC Ret. time: 2.49 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 518.38. ¹H NMR: (d₆-DMSO, 400 MHz) δ 8.12 (m, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.70 (m, 1H), 7.56 (m, 2H), 7.42 (m, 2H), 7.32 (s, 1H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 7.06 (m, 1H), 4.75(m, 1H), 4.24 (m, 2H), 3.84(m, 2H), 3.30 (m, 1H), 2.25 (m, 1H), 1.25 (d, 6H), 1.13 (d, 3H), 0.45 (m, 4H).

EXAMPLES 137g-137i

Examples 137g-137i in Table 8b were prepared utilizing a similar procedure as described for Example 137f. TABLE 8b Ex. # Compound Structure/Name HPLC and LCMS Data 137g

HPLC t_(R) = 2.52 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 605.43 137h

HPLC t_(R) = 2.68 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 518.28 137i

HPLC t_(R) = 2.63 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 605.32

EXAMPLE 138 5-(6-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-(pyridin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-ethylthiazol-2-amine

Step 1: Preparation 19

Preparation 19 was prepared from N-tert-butoxycarbonylthiourea utilizing a similar procedure as described in step 1 of Example 1. Clear oil. HPLC Ret. time: 2.72 min. ¹H NMR: (d₃-CD₃Cl, 500 MHz): δ 8.71 (s, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 3.20 (s, 3H), 3.15 (s, 3H), 1.49 (s, 9H). Step 2: Preparation 20

Preparation 20 was prepared from Preparation 19 utilizing a similar procedure as described in step 2 of Example 1. Tan solid (75% yield for two steps). HPLC Ret. time: 2.71 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 243.18. Step 3: Preparation 21

Preparation 21 was prepared from Preparation 20 utilizing a similar procedure as described in Step 1 of Example 24. Near white solid (67% yield). HPLC Ret. time: 3.91 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 365.04.

Step 4:

EXAMPLE 139 tert-butyl 5-(6-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-(pyridin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-ylcarbamate

Example 139 was prepared from Preparation 21 utilizing a similar procedure as described for Example 2. Yellow solid (88% yield). HPLC Ret. time: 3.66 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 466.05. ¹H NMR (d₃-CD₃Cl, 500 MHz); δ 8.91 (m, 1H), 8.68 (m, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 9.94 (m, 2H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.42-7.50 (m, 4H), 7.13 (m, 1H), 1.59 (s, 9H).

Step 5:

EXAMPLE 140 5-(6-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-(pyridin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-amine

To a solution of Example 139 (112 mg, 0.24 mmol) in anhydrous dioxane (0.5 mL) was added a solution of 4N HCl in dioxane (0.5 mL) and the resulting solution was stirred at rt for 20 h. The mixture was diluted with ether (50 mL) and the solid was collected by vacuum filtration. The solid was purified by reverse-phase preparative HPLC and the fractions containing the product were neutralized by adding saturated aq sodium bicarbonate solution (˜1 mL) and concentrated in vacuo to remove the methanol. The resulting aqueous slurry was filtered by vacuum filtration to collect the solid. Drying in vacuo afforded 42 mg (58%) of Example 140 as a yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 2.55 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 366.54. ¹H NMR (d₆-DMSO, 500 MHz): δ 8.83 (m, 1H), 8.55 (m, 1H), 8.33 (s, 1H), 8.29 (m, 3H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.85 (m, 1H), 7.75 (m, 1H), 7.66 (m, 1H), 7.56 (m, 2H).

Step 6:

EXAMPLE 141 4-(2-bromothiazol-5-yl)-6-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-(pyridin-2-yl)pyrimidine

To a slurry of Example 140 (460 mg, 1.26 mmol) and copper(II) bromide (337 mg, 1.51 mmol) in anhydrous acetonitrile (5 mL) at 0° C. was added t-butyl nitrite (0.18 mL, 1.51 mmol) and the resulting solution was stirred at rt for 20 h. The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (150 mL) and the organic layer was washed with water (2×50 mL), 0.5N aq. HCl (2×40 mL), water, and brine. The extracts were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to give 540 mg (81%) of Example 141 as a yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 3.70 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 429.44.

Step 7

EXAMPLE 138

A solution of Example 141 (30 mg, 0.070 mmol) and ethylamine solution (70% in water) (50 μL, 0.35 mmol) in ethanol (0.3 mL) was heated at 80° C. for 20 h. After cooling to rt, the mixture was purified by reverse-phase preparative HPLC and the fractions containing the product were concentrated in vacuo to remove the methanol. The resulting aqueous portion was lyophilyzed to afford 12.3 mg (28%) of the TFA salt of the title compound as a tan solid. HPLC Ret. time: 3.03 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 394.21. ¹H NMR: (d₃-CD₃Cl, 500 MHz) δ 11.45 (br s, 1H), 9.23 (s, 1H), 8.75 (m, 1H), 8.22 (m, 1H), 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.88 (m, 2H), 7.76 (m, 1H), 7.50 (m, 1H), 7.43 (m, 2H), 3.39 (m, 2H), 1.40 (t, 3H).

EXAMPLES 142-146

Examples 142-146 in Table 9 were prepared utilizing a similar procedure as described for Example 138. TABLE 9 HPLC and Ex. # Compound Structure/Name LCMS Data 142

HPLC t_(R) =3.19 min LCMS [M +H]⁺ =406.20 5-(6-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-(pyridin-2- yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-cyclopropylthiazol-2-amine 143

HPLC t_(R) =3.38 min LCMS [M +H]⁺ =420.10 5-(6-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-(pyridin-2- yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-cyclobutylthiazol-2-amine 144

HPLC t_(R) =3.38 min LCMS [M +H]⁺ =422.21 N-(S)-sec-butyl-5-(6-(2-chlorophenyl)-2- (pyridin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-amine 145

HPLC t_(R) =3.39 min LCMS [M +H]⁺ =422.20 N-(R)-sec-butyl-5-(6-(2-chlorophenyl)-2- (pyridin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-amine 146

HPLC t_(R) =3.03 min LCMS [M +H]⁺ =412.49 5-(6-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-(pyridin-2- yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-(2-fluoroethyl)thiazol-2-amine

EXAMPLE 147 2-(6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol-5-yl)-2-(2-methoxyethylamino)pyrimidin-4-yl)benzonitrile

Step 1: Preparation 22

Preparation 22 was prepared from Preparation 17 utilizing a similar procedure as described in step 6 of Example 50. Yellow solid (45% yield). HPLC Ret. time: 1.68 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 315.16. Step 2: Preparation 23

Preparation 23 was prepared from Preparation 22 utilizing a similar procedure as described in step 7 of Example 50 and by replacing 1-methylpiperazine with 2-methoxyethylamine. Grey solid (37% yield). HPLC Ret. time: 2.09 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 310.23. ¹H NMR: (d₆-DMSO, 500 MHz) δ 10.40 (br s, 1H), 7.86 (d, 1H), 7.69 (s, 1H), 6.48 (br s, 1H), 5.75 (s, 1H), 3.75 (m, 2H), 3.44 (m, 4H), 3.31 (s, 3H), 1.16 (t, 3H). Step 3: Preparation 24

Preparation 24 was prepared from Preparation 23 utilizing a similar procedure as described in step 5 of Example 1. Yellow solid (quantitative). HPLC Ret. time: 2.71 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 328.23. This material was used directly without any further purification.

Step 4:

EXAMPLE 148

The title compound was prepared from Preparation 24 utilizing a similar procedure as described in step 6 of Example 1 by substituting 2-fluorophenyl boronic acid with 2-(1,3,2-dioxaborinan-2-yl)benzonitrile and by substituting potassium carbonate with potassium phosphate as the base. Orange solid (30% yield). HPLC Ret. time: 2.81 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 395.27. ¹H NMR: (d₆-DMSO, 500 MHz) δ 8.11 (d, 1H), 8.04 (br s, 1H), 7.96 (d, 1H), 7.81 (dd, 1H), 7.67 (dd, 1H), 7.35 (s, 1H), 7.15 (s, 1H), 3.83 (m, 1H), 3.53 (m, 2H), 3.49 (m, sH), 3.25 (s, 3H), 1.18 (d, 3H).

EXAMPLES 149-153

Examples 149-153 in Table 10 were prepared utilizing a similar procedure as described for Example 147. TABLE 10 HPLC and Ex. # Compound Structure/Name LCMS Data 149

HPLC t_(R) =3.45 min LCMS [M +H]⁺ = 438.19 4-(2,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-(2- (isopropylamino)thiazol-5-yl)-N-(2- methoxyethyl)pyrimidin-2-amine 150

HPLC t_(R) =3.75 min LCMS [M +H]⁺ = 456.25 4-(2-chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-6-(2- (isopropylamino)thiazol-5-yl)-N-(2- methoxyethyl)pyrimidin-2-amine 151

HPLC t_(R) =3.03 min LCMS [M +H]⁺ = 404.21 4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)- thiazol-5-yl)-N-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrimidin- 2-amine 152

HPLC t_(R) =3.15 min LCMS [M +H]⁺ = 386.25 2-(6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol-5-yl)-2-(2- methoxyethylamino)pyrimidin-4-yl)phenol 153

HPLC t_(R) =2.37 min LCMS [M +H]⁺ = 385.28 4-(2-aminophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)- thiazol-5-yl)-N-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrimidin- 2-amine

EXAMPLE 154 5-(6-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-(pyridin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-isopropyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-amine

Step 1: Preparation 25

To a 1.0 M solution of lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (0.92 mL, 9.2 mmol) in THF at −78° C. was added a solution of tert-butyl propiolate (0.92 mL, 7.9 mmol) in THF (6 mL) via cannula over 5 minutes and the resulting clear, amber-colored solution was stirred at −78° C. for 20 minutes. At this time, 2-chlorobenzaldehyde (0.89 mL, 7.9 mmol) was slowly added dropwise and the mixture was stirred at −78° C. for an additional 35 min and at rt for 15 min. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride (6 mL) was added and the mixture was concentrated in vacuo to remove the THF. The mixture was partitioned between methylene chloride (30 mL) and water (10 mL) and the methylene chloride portion was washed with brine (10 mL), dried over anhyd. sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford 2.1 g of a yellow oil. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with 5-10% ethyl acetate in hexanes afforded 1.1 g (52%) of Preparation 25 as a yellow oil. HPLC Ret. time: 3.47 min. ¹H NMR: (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 7.72 (m, 1H), 7.35 (m, 3H), 5.92 (d, 1H), 2.58 (d, 1H), 1.50 (s, 9H). Step 2: Preparation 26

To a solution of Preparation 25 (1.0 g, 3.8 mmol) in methylene chloride (40 mL) at rt was added manganese dioxide (4.5 g) and the resulting slurry was stirred at rt for 3.5 h. The slurry was filtered through Celite and the filter cake was washed with additional methylene chloride (˜150 mL) and the resulting clear filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to afford 0.81 g (82%) Preparation 26 as a yellow oil. This material was used without any further purification. HPLC Ret. time: 3.81 min. ¹H NMR: (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 8.06 (d, 1H), 7.51 (m, 2H), 7.42 (m, 1H), 1.54 (s, 9H).

Step 3:

EXAMPLE 155

To a mixture of 2-amidinopyridinium hydrochloride (0.51 g, 3.2 mmol) and potassium carbonate (1.48 g, 10.7 mmol) in 25% aqueous acetonitrile (20 mL) at rt was added a solution of Preparation 26 in acetonitrile (20 mL) and the resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 15 h. The mixture was concentrated on a rotary evaporator to remove the acetonitrile and the mixture was partitioned between methylene chloride (30 mL) and water (15 mL). The separated aqueous portion was extracted with additional methylene chloride (2×10 mL) and the combined organic portions were washed with brine (20 mL), dried over anhyd sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to initially give a foam which eventually solidified to afford 1.1 g (99%) of Example 155 as a yellow semi-solid. This material was directly used without any further purification. HPLC Ret. time: 3.66 min. ¹H NMR: (d₄-MeOH, 400 MHz) δ 8.77 (m, 1H), 8.69 (d, 1H), 8.33 (s, 1H), 8.08 (t, 1H), 7.91 (m, 1H), 7.63 (m, 2H), 7.56 (m, 2H), 1.70 (s, 9H).

Step 4:

EXAMPLE 156

To a solution of Example 155 (1.1 g, 3.0 mmol) in anhydrous dioxane (5 mL) was added a solution of 4N HCl in dioxane (5 mL) and the resulting solution was stirred at rt for 2.5 h. The mixture was diluted with hexanes (˜50 mL) and the solid was collected by vacuum filtration. After rinsing the solid with additional hexanes (2×30 mL), the solid was dried in the funnel then in vacuo to afford 0.86 g (91%) of Example 156 as an off-white powder. HPLC Ret. time: 2.52 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 312.41. ¹H NMR: (d₆-DMSO, 400 MHz) δ 8.94 (m, 1H), 8.77 (d, 1H), 8.45 (m, 1H), 8.41 (s, 1H), 7.95 (m, 2H), 7.71 (m, 1H), 7.62 (m, 2H). Step 5: Preparation 27

To a slurry of Example 156 (0.10 g, 0.32 mmol) in methylene chloride (2 mL) at rt were successively added oxalyl chloride (66 μL, 0.49 mmol) and DMF (10 μL, 0.01 mmol) and the resulting was stirred at rt for 30 min. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the resulting oil was dissolved in methylene chloride (1 mL) and a solution of 4-isopropyl-3-semicarbazide hydrochloride (56 mg, 0.37 mmol) and triethylamine (0.14 mL, 0.98 mmol) in methylene chloride (1 mL) was added dropwise. After stirring at rt for 15 min, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was slurried in methanol (3 mL). After sonicating for ˜30 sec, the resulting solid was collected by vacuum filtration and allowed to dry in vacuo to afford 66 mg (50%) of Preparation 27 as an off-white solid HPLC Ret. time: 2.97 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 312.41. ¹H NMR: (d₆-DMSO, 400 MHz) δ 10.75 (s, 1H), 8.96 (d, 1H), 8.84 (d, 1H), 8.30 (s, 1H), 8.15 (t, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.85 (m, 1H), 7.71 (m, 2H), 7.62 (m, 2H), 6.39 (d, 1H), 3.76 (m, 1H), 1.08 (d, 6H).

Step 6:

EXAMPLE 157

To a slurry of Preparation 27 (66 mg, 0.15 mmol) in toluene (1.8 mL) at rt was added phosphorus oxychloride (36 μL, 0.45 mmol) and the resulting mixture was heated at 80° C. for 3 h. After cooling to rt, the mixture was diluted with methanol (1 mL) and the solution was concentrated in vacuo to afford a yellow oil. Purification by reverse-phase preparative HPLC afforded fractions containing the desired product. These fractions were neutralized by adding saturated sodium bicarbonate (˜1 mL) and concentrated in vacuo to remove the methanol. The resulting aqueous portion was extracted with methylene chloride (3×10 mL) and the combined extracts were washed with brine (5 mL), dried over anhyd sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford 34 mg (59%) of the title compound as a pale yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 3.18 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 393.37. ¹H NMR: (d₆-DMSO, 400 MHz) δ 8.87 (m, 1H), 8.53 (d, 1H), 8.38 (d, 1H), 8.11 (m, 1H), 7.94 (m, 1H), 7.76 (m, 1H), 7.65 (m, 3H), 3.90 (m, 1H), 1.31 (d, 6H).

EXAMPLE 158 5-(6-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-(pyridin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-isopropyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-anine

Step 1: Preparation 28

To a slurry of Example 156 (0.10 g, 0.32 mmol) in methylene chloride (2 mL) at rt were successively added oxalyl chloride (66 μL, 0.49 mmol) and DMF (10 μL, 0.01 mmol) and the resulting was stirred at rt for 30 min. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the resulting oil was dissolved in methylene chloride (1 mL) and a solution of 4-isopropyl-3-thiosemicarbazide (49 mg, 0.37 mmol) and triethylamine (0.14 mL, 0.98 mmol) in methylene chloride (1 mL) was added dropwise. After stirring at rt for 15 min, After stirring at rt for 15 min, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the resulting residue was dissolved in methanol (˜2 mL). After stirring for ˜16 h, the crystallized solid was collected by vacuum filtration, rinsed with ice-cold methanol (˜1 mL), and allowed to dry in vacuo to afford 60 mg (44%) of Preparation 28 as a pale yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 3.22 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 427.29.

Step 2

EXAMPLE 158

To a slurry of Preparation 28 (60 mg, 0.14 mmol) in toluene (1.8 mL) at rt was added phosphorus oxychloride (36 μL, 0.45 mmol) and the resulting mixture was heated at 80° C. for 12 h. After cooling to rt, the mixture was diluted with methanol (1 mL) and the solution was concentrated in vacuo to afford a yellow oil. Purification by reverse-phase preparative HPLC afforded fractions containing the desired product. These fractions were neutralized by adding saturated sodium bicarbonate (˜1 mL) and concentrated in vacuo to remove the methanol. The resulting solid was collected by vacuum filtration, rinsed with water (˜1 mL), and dried in vacuo to afford 23 mg (40%) of the title compound as an off-white solid. HPLC Ret. time: 3.43 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 409.25.

EXAMPLE 159 5-(2-amino-6-(2-chlorophenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-1-benzylpyridin-2(1H)-one

Step 1: Preparation 29

To a slurry of 1-benzyl-6-oxo-1,6-dihydro-3-pyridinecarboxylic acid (0.30 g, 1.3 mmol) in methylene chloride (3 mL) at rt were successively added thionyl chloride (0.12 mL, 1.7 mmol) and DMF (10 μL, 0.01 mmol) and the resulting mixture was refluxed for 50 min. After cooling to rt, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the resulting oil was partitioned between methylene chloride (20 mL) and water (10 mL). The layers were separated and the organic portion was washed with brine (3 mL), dried over anhyd sodium sulfate, filtered through Celite, and the resulting clear filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to afford 0.32 g (quant.) of Preparation 31 as a clear oil. This material was used directly without any further purification. Step 2: Preparation 30

To a solution of PdCl₂(PPh₃)₄ (18 mg, 0.03 mmol), copper iodide (10 mg, 0.05 mmol), and triethylamine (0.18 mL, 1.3 mmol) in anhyd THF (3 mL) at rt was added a solution of Preparation 29 (0.32 mg, 1.3 mmol) and 1-chloro-2-ethynyl benzene (0.16 mL, 1.3 mmol) in anhyd THF (3 mL) via cannula. The resulting solution was stirred at rt for ˜16 h then the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and partitioned between ethyl acetate (20 mL) and water (30 mL). The layers were separated and the aqueous portion was extracted with additional ethyl acetate (20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with brine (8 mL), dried over anhyd sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford 0.42 g of a brown solid. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with 100% methylene chloride to remove the nonpolar impurities then eluting with 10% ethyl acetate in methylene chloride mixture to elute the product. Concentration in vacuo afforded 0.32 g (73%) of Preparation 32 as a brown solid. HPLC Ret. time: 3.80 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 348.18. ¹H NMR: (d₆-DMSO, 400 MHz) δ 8.86 (d, 1H), 8.01 (dd, 1H), 7.86 (dd, 1H), 6.68 (d, 1H), 7.61 (t, 1H), 7.50 (t, 1H), 7.35 (m, 5H), 6.59 (d, 1H), 5.77 (s, 2H).

Step 3

EXAMPLE 159

To a mixture of guanidine hydrogen carbonate (0.16 g, 0.86 mmol) and Preparation 30 (0.15 g, 0.43 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) at rt was added sodium ethoxide (0.18 g, 1.7 mmol) and the resulting mixture was heated at reflux for 9 h. At this time, water (3 mL) was slowly added dropwise to the mixture while at reflux and the resulting solution was allowed to slowly cool to rt overnight. The resulting solid was collected by vacuum filtration and washed with water (2 mL) then dried in vacuo to afford 0.15 g (90%) of the title compound as a medium brown solid. HPLC Ret. time: 3.18 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 389.21.

EXAMPLE 160 4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(cyclopentylamino)thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine

Step 1: Preparation 31

To a solution of 2-thiomethylthiazole (3.0 g, 23 mmol) in anhyd THF at −78° C. was slowly added a 2.5 M solution of n-butyl lithium in hexanes (9.2 mL, 23 mmol) and the resulting solution was stirred at −78° C. for 15 min then at −40° C. for 1.25 h giving a deep red solution. This solution was cooled to −78° C. and CO₂ was bubbled directly into the mixture for ˜3 min. After warming to rt, the cloudy mixture was diluted with hexanes (˜100 mL) and the solid was collected by vacuum filtration. The solid was then dissolved in water (˜50 mL) and was acidified by adding 1 N aq HCl until pH range of 1-2 was reached. The resulting solid was collected by vacuum filtration and dried in vacuo to afford 3.6 g (90%) of Preparation 31 as a white powder. HPLC Ret. time: 1.95 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 176.00. ¹H NMR: (d₆-DMSO, 400 MHz) δ 13.50 (s, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 2.80 (s, 3H). Step 2: Preparation 32

To a solution of Preparation 31 (0.55 g, 3.1 mmol) in methylene chloride (6 mL) at rt were successively added thionyl chloride (0.3 mL, 4.1 mmol) and DMF (3 μL, 0.31 mmol) and the resulting mixture was heated at reflux until a clear solution resulted (˜2 h). The mixture was cooled to rt and concentrated in vacuo to afford 0.6 g (quant.) of Preparation 32 as a pale yellow solid. This material was used directly without any further purification. Step 3: Preparation 33

To a solution of PdCl₂(PPh₃)₄ (44 mg, 0.06 mmol), copper iodide (24 mg, 0.13 mmol), and triethylamine (0.44 mL, 3.1 mmol) in anhyd THF (9 mL) at rt was added a solution of Preparation 32 (0.6 mg, 3.1 mmol) and 1-chloro-2-ethynyl benzene (0.38 mL, 3.1 mmol) in anhyd THF (5 mL) via cannula. The resulting solution was stirred at rt for 2 h then the mixture was diluted with hexanes (˜20 mL) and filtered to remove the solids. The resulting filtrate was decanted away from solids that had precipitated upon filtration and the resulting clear filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to afford 0.95 g of a brown solid. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using 60% methylene chloride in hexanes afforded after concentration in vacuo 0.54 g (58%) of Preparation 33 as a pale yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 4.00 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 294.12.

Step 4:

EXAMPLE 161 4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(methylthio)thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine

To a mixture of guanidine hydrogen carbonate (0.59 g, 3.3 mmol) and Preparation 33 (0.48 g, 1.6 mmol) in ethanol (20 mL) at rt was added sodium ethoxide (0.44 g, 6.5 mmol) and the resulting mixture was heated at reflux for 6 h. At this time, water (25 mL) was slowly added dropwise to the mixture while at reflux and the resulting solution was allowed to slowly cool to rt overnight. The resulting solid was collected by vacuum filtration and washed with ice-cold ethanol then dried in vacuo to afford 0.27 g (51%) of Example 161 as a pale tan colored solid. HPLC Ret. time: 3.30 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 335.15. ¹H NMR: (d₆-DMSO, 400 MHz) δ 8.54 (s, 1H), 7.57 (m, 2H), 7.49 (m, 2H), 7.33 (s, 1H), 6.92 (m, 2H), 2.75 (s, 3H).

Step 5:

EXAMPLE 162 4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(methylsulfonyl)thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine

To a solution of Example 161 (0.27 g, 0.80 mmol) in methanol (7 mL) was slowly added a slurry of Oxone™ compound (1.9 g) in 4 mL of water. After stirring for 3 h, the reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (˜80 mL) and the solution was decanted away from the solids. The solution was washed with water (3×20 mL), brine (20 mL), then dried over anhyd sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford 0.32 g of a bright yellow solid. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient elution of 10-20% ethyl acetate in hexanes afforded after concentration in vacuo 0.22 g (75%) of Example 162 as a pale yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 2.94 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 367.13.

Step 6

EXAMPLE 160

A solution of Example 162 (30 mg, 0.08 mmol) and cyclopentylamine (81 μL, 0.8 mmol) in NMP (0.3 mL) was heated at 150° C. in a microwave reactor for 30 min. After cooling to rt, the mixture was purified by reverse-phase preparative HPLC and the fractions containing the product were neutralized by adding saturated aq sodium bicarbonate solution (˜1 mL) and concentrated in vacuo to remove the methanol. The resulting aqueous slurry was filtered by vacuum filtration to collect the solid. Dried in vacuo to afford 23 mg (50%) of the title compound as an off-white solid. HPLC Ret. time: 3.00 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 372.20. ¹H NMR: (d₆-DMSO, 400 MHz) δ 8.20 (d, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.54 (m, 2H), 7.45 (m, 2H), 7.09 (s, 1H), 6.65 (s, 2H), 3.95 (m, 1H), 1.94 (m, 2H), 1.68 (m, 2H), 1.56 (m, 4H).

EXAMPLES 163-168

Examples 163-168 in Table 11 were prepared utilizing a similar procedure as described for Example 160. TABLE 11 Ex. # Compound Structure/Name HPLC and LCMS Data 163

HPLC t_(R) = 1.61 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 375.23 4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(2- (dimethylamino)ethylamino)thiazol-5- yl)pyrimidin-2-amine 164

HPLC t_(R) = 2.39 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 402.25 (1R,4R)-4-(5-(2-amino-6-(2- chlorophenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2- ylamino)cyclohexanol 165

HPLC t_(R) = 1.64 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 417.26 4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(2- morpholinoethylamino)thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-2- amine 166

HPLC t_(R) = 1.67 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 431.27 4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(3- morpholinopropylamino)thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin- 2-amine 167

HPLC t_(R) = 2.62 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 376.24 4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-((S)-1-methoxypropan- 2-ylamino)thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine 168

HPLC t_(R) = 2.96 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 459.30 ethyl 4-(5-(2-amino-6-(2- chlorophenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2- ylamino)piperidine-1-carboxylate

EXAMPLE 168a

The title compound was prepared from example 162 utilizing a similar procedure as described in step 6 of Example 162 by substituting cyclopentylamine with sodium ethoxide and by substituting NMP with ethanol as the solvent. Yellow solid (35% yield). HPLC Ret. time: 3.27 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 330.2. ¹H NMR: (d₆-DMSO, 400 MHz) δ 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.60 (m, 2H), 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.30 (s, 1H), 6.96 (br. s, 2H), 4.48 (q, 2H), 1.39 (t, 3H).

EXAMPLES 168b-168c

Examples 168b-168c in Table 11a were prepared utilizing a similar procedure as described for Example 168a. TABLE 11a HPLC and Ex. # Compound Structure/Name LCMS Data 168b

HPLC t_(R) =2.22 min LCMS [M +H]⁺ =305.19 168c

HPLC t_(R) =3.48 min LCMS [M +H]⁺ =347.22

EXAMPLE 169 4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(piperidin-4-ylamino)thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine

A solution of Example 162 (40 mg, 0.11 mmol) and tert-butyl-4-amino-piperidine-1-carboxylate (0.11 g, 0.55 mmol) in NMP (0.2 mL) was heated to 160° C. in a microwave reactor for 3 h. After cooling to rt, water (10 mL) was added and the resulting solid was collected by vacuum filtration. The solid was dissolved in methanol (0.5 mL) and a few drops of 6 N aq HCl was added. After stirring at rt for 3 h, the mixture was purified by reverse-phase preparative HPLC and the fractions containing the product were concentrated to remove the methanol and the resulting aqueous solution was lyophilized to afford 15 mg of Example 169 as a yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 1.68 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z)=387.20.

EXAMPLE 170 Ethyl 4-(5-(6-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-(2-(dimethylamino)ethylamino)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-ylamino)piperidine-1-carboxylate

Step 1: Preparation 34

To a slurry of 2-amino-5-bromothiazole mono hydrobromide (25 g, 96 mmol) in pyridine at rt was added di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (25 g, 114 mmol) in three portions over 15 minutes and the resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 16 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the solids were slurried in water (˜250 mL) and extracted with warm ethyl acetate (3×100 mL). The combined extracts were washed with sequentially with 1N aq HCl (6×75 mL) and brine (75 mL), then dried over anhyd. sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford 19.9 g (74%) of Preparation 34 as a light tan solid. ¹H NMR: (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 11.56 (br s, 1H), 7.24 (s, 1H), 1.58 (s, 9H). Step 2: Preparation 35

To a solution of Preparation 34 (0.34 g, 1.2 mmol), 4-tert-butyl-1-hydroxy piperidinecarboxylate (0.31 g, 1.5 mmol), and triphenylphosphine (0.40 g, 1.5 mmol) in THF (3 mL) at rt was added dropwise diethyl azodicarboxylate (0.24 mL, 1.5 mmol). After stirring for 1 h at rt, the solvent was removed in vacuo and the material was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient elution (100% dichloromethane to 30% ethyl acetate in dichloromethane) to afford after concentration in vacuo 0.48 g (86%) of Preparation 35 as a pale yellow semi-solid. ¹H NMR: (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 7.31 (s, 1H), 5.06 (m, 1H), 4.20 (my, 2H), 2.80 (m, 2H), 2.27 (m, 2H), 1.71 (m, 2H), 1.56 (s, 9H), 1.46 (s, 9H). Step 3: Preparation 36

To a solution of Preparation 35 (1.0 g, 3.11 mmol) in triethylamine (3 mL) were added DMF (0.6 mL) and copper iodide (59 mg, 0.31 mmol) and the resulting mixture was degassed by bubbling argon through the reaction mixture for 2-3 minutes. At this time, trimethylsilylacetylene (0.66 mL, 4.67 mmol) and PdCl₂(PPh₃)₄ (0.11 g, 0.16 mmol) were added and the mixture was heated at 80° C. for 3 h then cooled to rt and diluted with ethyl acetate (˜70 mL). The mixture was filtered to remove the insoluble solids and the clear filtrate was diluted with hexanes (˜40 mL) and washed with 1 N aq HCl (3×40 mL), saturated aq sodium bicarbonate (20 mL), and brine (20 mL). Concentration afforded an oil that was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with 40% dichloromethane in hexanes mixture. Concentration in vacuo afforded 0.91 g (86%) of Preparation 36 as a yellow oil. ¹H NMR: (d₄-MeOH, 400 MHz): δ 7.30 (s, 1H), 4.92 (m, 1H), 3.97 (m, 2H), 2.63 (m, 2H), 2.10 (m, 2H), 1.48 (m, 2H), 1.35 (s, 9H), 1.24 (s, 9H), 0.00 (s, 9H). Step 4: Preparation 37

To a solution of Preparation 36 (0.31 g, 0.65 mmol) in methanol (3.5 mL) was added K₂CO₃ (45 mg, 0.33 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at rt for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and to the residue was added water (˜10 mL) and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×15 mL). The combined extracts were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford 234 mg (89%) of Preparation 37 as a pale yellow oil. ¹H NMR: (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 7.56 (s, 1H), 5.10 (m, 1H), 4.20 (m, 2H), 3.35 (s, 1H), 2.80 (m, 2H), 2.30 (m, 2H), 1.73 (m, 2H), 1.57 (s, 9H), 1.47 (s, 9H). Step 5: Preparation 38

To a mixture of PdCl₂(PPh₃)₄ (8 mg, 11 μmol), copper iodide (4 mg, 22 μmol), and triethylamine (79 μL, 0.56 mmol) in THF (−1 mL) was added a solution of Preparation 37 (0.23 g, 0.56 mmol) and 2-chlorobenzoyl chloride (72 μL, 0.56 mmol) in THF (˜2 mL) and the resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 20 minutes. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and water was added and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with 1 N aq HCl (2×10 mL), water (10 mL), and brine (10 mL), then concentrated. The resulting residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient elution of 100% dichloromethane to 5% ethyl acetate in dichloromethane mixtures. Concentration in vacuo afforded 0.22 g (71%) of Preparation 38 as a yellow solid. ¹H NMR: (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 8.01 (d, 1H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.48 (m, 2H), 7.41 (m, 1H), 5.20 (m, 1H), 4.25 (m, 2H), 2.84 (m, 2H), 2.35 (m, 2H), 1.73 (m, 2H), 1.57 (s, 9H), 1.47 (s, 9H). Step 6: Preparation 39

A mixture of N,N-dimethylethylenediamine (4.1 mL, 37.4 mmol) and S-methyl-thiuronium sulfate (5.2 g, 37.4 mmol) in ethanol (100 mL) was heated at reflux for 18 h then cooled to rt. The solution was concentrated in vacuo and the resulting semi-solid was slurried in diethyl ether (100 mL) and sonicated to break up the aggregates. The diethyl ether was decanted away from the solid and the solid was dried in vacuo to afford 6.5 g (97%) of Preparation 39 as a hygroscopic, off-white powder. ¹H NMR: (d₆-DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.80 (br s, 5H), 3.14 (m, 2H), 2.38 (t, 2H), 2.19 (s, 6H).

Step 7:

EXAMPLE 171

To a slurry of Preparation 38 (0.20 g, 0.38 mmol) and Preparation 39 (0.14 g, 0.75 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) at rt was added sodium ethoxide (0.10 g, 1.5 mmol) and the resulting mixture was heated at reflux for 30 minutes then cooled to rt. The solvent was removed in vacuo and ethyl acetate (20 mL) was added and the mixture was washed with water (3×10 mL) and brine (10 mL), then dried over anhyd. sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford 235 mg (95%) of Example 171 as a yellow solid. This material was used without any further purification. ¹H NMR: (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 7.99 (d, 1H), 7.60 (m, 1H), 7.48 (m, 1H), 7.35 (m, 2H), 7.09 (s, 1H), 5.71 (m, 1H), 5.20 (m, 1H), 4.30 (br m, 2H), 3.56 (m, 2H), 2.80 (br m, 2H), 2.53 (t, 2H), 2.30 (m, 2H), 2.28 (s, 6H), 1.76 (m, 2H), 1.59 (s, 9H), 1.47 (s, 9H).

Step 8:

EXAMPLE 172 4-(2-chlorophenyl)-N-(2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)-6-(2-(piperidin-4-ylamino)thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine

Example 171 (225 mg, 0.34 mmol) was dissolved in trifluoroacetic acid (˜3 mL) and the resulting solution was stirred at rt for 30 minutes. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the resulting oil was dissolved in methanol (˜3 mL) and reconcentrated. This was repeated one more time, then the material was dissolved in dichloromethane (˜3 mL) and concentrated in vacuo to afford 275 mg (quant) of the bis-trifluoroacetic acid salt of Example 172 as a yellow semi-solid. The neutral form of Example 172 was obtained by reverse-phase preparative HPLC of a portion of this material. Collected HPLC fractions containing the product were concentrated in vacuo to remove the methanol and the resulting aqueous portion was neutralized by adding sat'd. aq sodium bicarbonate solution. Product was extracted with methylene chloride and extracts were dried over anhyd sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford 4 mg of the Example 172 as a pale yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 1.62 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z)=458.24. ¹H NMR: (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 7.99 (d, 1H), 7.60 (m, 1H), 7.48 (m, 1H), 7.35 (m, 2H), 7.09 (s, 1H), 5.71 (m, 1H), 5.20 (m, 1H), 4.30 (br m, 2H), 3.56 (m, 2H), 2.80 (br m, 2H), 2.53 (t, 2H), 2.30 (m, 2H), 2.28 (s, 6H), 1.76 (m, 2H), 1.59 (s, 9H), 1.47 (s, 9H).

Step 9

EXAMPLE 170

To a solution of Example 170 (75 mg, 95 μmol) in THF (0.65 mL) at rt were successively added triethylamine (66 μL, 0.47 mmol) and ethyl chloroformate (11 μL, 113 μmol) and the mixture was stirred at rt for 16 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the product was purified by reverse-phase preparative HPLC. Collected HPLC fractions containing the product were concentrated in vacuo to remove the methanol and the resulting aqueous portion was neutralized by adding sat'd. aq sodium bicarbonate solution. Product was extracted with methylene chloride and extracts were dried over anhyd sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford 15 mg of the title compound as a pale yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 2.89 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z)=530.28. ¹H NMR: (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 7.74 (s, 1H), 7.53 (m, 1H), 7.40 (m, 1H), 7.27 (m, 2H), 6.96 (s, 1H), 5.60 (m, 1H), 5.29 (m, 1H), 4.08 (m, 4H), 3.60 (m, 1H), 3.53 (m, 2H), 2.93 (m, 2H), 2.56 (m, 2H), 2.26 (s, 6H), 2.07 (m, 2H), 1.43 (m, 2H), 1.20 (t, 3H).

EXAMPLE 173 4-(2-chlorophenyl)-N-(2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)-6-(2-(1-(ethylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-ylamino)thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine

The title compound was prepared from Example 172 as described in Step 9 of Example 170 by using ethanesulfonyl chloride in place of ethyl chloroformate. Pale yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 2.55 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z)=550.26. ¹H NMR: (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 7.73 (d, 1H), 7.58 (m, 1H), 7.44 (m, 1H), 7.33 (m, 2H), 7.01 (s, 1H), 5.65 (br s, 1H), 5.40 (br s, 1H), 3.80 (d, 2H), 3.70 (m, 1H), 3.60 (m, 2H), 2.95 (m, 4H), 2.67 (m, 2H), 2.36 (s, 6H), 2.21 (d, 2H), 1.63 (m, 2H), 1.36 (t, 3H).

EXAMPLE 174 N-(5-(6-(2-chlorophenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)-1-(ethylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-amine

Step 1:

EXAMPLE 175

Example 175 was prepared from Preparation 38 as described in Step 7 of Example 170 by using formamidine acetate in place of Preparation 39. Isolated as a pale yellow solid in 92% yield. HPLC Ret. time: 4.61 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 572.26.

Step 2:

EXAMPLE 176 N-(5-(6-(2-chlorophenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)piperidin-4-amine

Example 176 was prepared from Example 175 as described in step 8 of Example 170. HPLC Ret. time: 2.13 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z)=372.33. Isolated as a yellow solid in 64% yield.

Step 3

EXAMPLE 174

The title compound was prepared from Example 176 as described in step 9 of Example 170 by using ethanesulfonyl chloride in place of ethyl chloroformate. Isolated as a yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 3.31 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z)=464.19.

EXAMPLE 176a

1-(2-(2-(2-(dimethylamino)ethylamino)-6-(2-isobutylthiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)benzyl)-3-ethylurea

Step 1: Preparation 39

To a solution of 2-isobutylthiazole (1 g, 7.1 mmol) in DMF (30 mL) was added N-bromosuccinimide (1.3 g, 7.1 mmol) and the resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 3.5 h. The reaction was diluted with water (100 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×30 mL) and the combined extracts were washed with water (3×25 mL) then brine (25 mL) and dried over anhyd sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration of the solution followed by purification of the resulting oil by flash chromatography on silica gel using 100% dichloromethane as the eluant afforded fractions containing the product. Concentration of these fractions in vacuo afforded 0.93 g (60%) of Preparation 39 as an orange oil. HPLC Ret. time: 3.46 min. Step 2: Preparation 40

Preparation 40 was prepared from Preparation 39 utilizing a similar procedure as described in Step 3 for Preparation 18c. Afforded Preparation 40 as an orange oil (93%). HPLC Ret. time: 1.72 min. Step 3: Preparation 41

Preparation 41 was prepared from Preparation 40 utilizing a similar procedure as described in Step 4 for Preparation 18d. Afforded Preparation 41 as a yellow solid (52%). HPLC Ret. time: 4.12 min.

Step 4:

EXAMPLE 176b tert-butyl 2-(6-(2-isobutylthiazol-5-yl)-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate

Example 176b was prepared from Preparation 41 using a similar procedure as described in Step 4 for Preparation 18d. Afforded Example 176b as a yellow solid (88%).

Step 5:

EXAMPLE 176c (2-(6-(2-isobutylthiazol-5-yl)-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)phenyl)methanamine

Example 176c was prepared from Example 176b using a similar procedure as described in Step 4 for Example 130. Afforded the bis-HCl salt of Example 176c as a pale tan-colored solid (quant.).

Step 6:

EXAMPLE 176d 1-ethyl-3-(2-(6-(2-isobutylthiazol-5-yl)-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)benzyl)urea

Example 176d was prepared from Example 176c using a similar procedure as described in Step 9 for Example 133. Afforded Example 176d as a light tan solid (80%). HPLC Ret. time: 3.95 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 441.95.

Step 7:

EXAMPLE 176e 1-ethyl-3-(2-(6-(2-isobutylthiazol-5-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)benzyl)urea

Example 176e was prepared from Example 176d using a similar procedure as described in Step 6 of Example 50. Afforded Example 176e as a yellow solid (97%). HPLC Ret. time: 3.27 min.

Step 8

EXAMPLE 176a

Example 176a was prepared from Example 176e using a similar procedure as described in Step 7 of Example 50. Afforded Example 176a as an off-white solid. HPLC Ret. time: 2.71 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 482.00.

EXAMPLE 177 5-(6-(2,6-dichloro-4-propoxyphenyl)-2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine

Step 1:

EXAMPLE 178 5-(6-(2,6-dichloro-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine

Example 178 was prepared by utilizing a similar procedure as described for Example 45. HPLC Ret. time: 4.14 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z)=473.06. ¹H NMR: (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 9.80 (d, 1H), 8.83 (d, 1H), 8.71 (d, 1H), 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.48 (s, 1H), 7.01 (s, 2H), 6.50 (brs, 1H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.40 (m, 2H), 1.81 (m, 2H), 1.09 (t, 3H).

Step 2:

EXAMPLE 179 3,5-dichloro-4-(6-(2-(propylamino)thiazol-5-yl)-2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)phenol

To a slurry of Example 178 (430 mg, 0.91 mmol) in anhydrous dichloroethane (10 ml) was added 1.0 M of boron tribromide in dichloroethane (9.10 ml, 9.1 mmol) at rt. under nitrogen atmosphere. After stirring at rt for 18 hr, diluted with water (20 ml) and saturated sodium bicarbonate (20 ml). The resulted reaction mixture was stirred at rt. for 1 hr and brown solid was collected by vacuum filtration, and dried in vacuo to yield 420 mg (84.5%) light brown solid. HPLC Ret. time: 3.83 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z)=459.04. ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ 10.80 (s, 1H), 9.56 (d, 1H), 8.90 (d, 1H), 8.59 (t, 1H), 8.38 (s, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.11 (s, 2H), 6.50 (brs, 1H), 3.37 (m, 2H), 1.70 (m, 2H), 1.02 (t, 3H).

Step 3

EXAMPLE 177

To a solution of Example 179 (20.0 mg, 0.044 mmol) in DMF (0.2 ml) was added 1-iodopropane (5.1 ul, 0.05 mmol) and potassium carbonate (18.2 mg, 0.13 mmol). After stirred at rt for 18 hr, reaction mixture was diluted with water (2 ml), extracted with methylene (3×1 ml). The combined extracts was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was then purified by reverse-phase preparative HPLC and the fraction containing the product was concentrated in vacuo and diluted with 1.0 N aqueous hydrochloric acid (1-2 ml), and lyophilized to yield 13.0 mg (59%) yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 4.54 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z)=501.07. ¹H NMR: (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 9.70 (d, 1H), 8.73 (d, 1H), 8.61 (d, 1H), 7.88 (s, 1H), 7.39 (s, 1H), 6.91 (s, 2H), 6.17 (brs, 1H), 3.89 (t, 2H), 3.29 (m, 2H), 1.74 (m, 4H), 1.00 (m, 6H).

EXAMPLES 180-215

Examples 180-215 listed in Table 12 below were prepared utilizing a similar procedure as described for Example 177. TABLE 12 Ex. # Compound Structure/Name HPLC and LCMS Data 180

HPLC t_(R) = 4.59 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 467.21 5-(6-(2-chloro-4-propoxyphenyl)-2-(pyrazin-2- yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 181

HPLC t_(R) = 4.40 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 465.27 5-(6-(4-(allyloxy)-2-chlorophenyl)-2-(pyrazin-2- yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 182

HPLC t_(R) = 4.43 min* LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 495.231 5-(6-(2-chloro-4-(pentyloxy)phenyl)-2-(pyrazin- 2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 183

HPLC t_(R) = 4.01 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 483.20 5-(6-(2-chloro-4-(2-methoxyethoxy)phenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 184

HPLC t_(R) = 4.05 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 478.19 3-(3-chloro-4-(6-(2-(propylamino)thiazol-5-yl)- 2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)phenoxy)propanenitrile 185

HPLC t_(R) = 4.54 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 479.21 5-(6-(2-chloro-4-(cyclopropylmethoxy)phenyl)- 2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 186

HPLC t_(R) = 3.79 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 493.2 5-(6-(2-chloro-4-(cyclobutylmethoxy)phenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 187

HPLC t_(R) = 4.33 min* LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 521.23 5-(6-(2-chloro-4-(cyclohexylmethoxy)phenyl)- 2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 188

HPLC t_(R) = 4.91 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 495.25 5-(6-(2-chloro-4-((S)-2-methylbutoxy)phenyl)- 2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 189

HPLC t_(R) = 4.52 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 495.25 5-(6-(2-chloro-4-(isopentyloxy)phenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 190

HPLC t_(R) = 4.76 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 493.21 5-(6-(2-chloro-4-(3-methylbut-2-enyloxy)phenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 191

HPLC t_(R) = 4.61 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 461.18 5-(6-(2,5-dimethyl-4-propoxyphenyl)-2-(pyrazin-2- yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 192

HPLC t_(R) = 4.37 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 511.04 5-(6-(2-bromo-3-propoxyphenyl)-2-(pyrazin-2- yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 193

HPLC t_(R) = 4.32 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 459.18 N-cyclopropyl-5-(6-(2,6-dimethyl-4-propoxyphenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-amine 194

HPLC t_(R) = 4.57 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 539.22 N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-5-(6-(2,6-dimethyl-4-propoxyphenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-amine 195

HPLC t_(R) = 3.26 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 510.19 5-(6-(2,6-dimethyl-4-(pyridin-4-ylmethoxy)phenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 196

HPLC t_(R) = 4.84 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 503.23 5-(6-(4-(2-ethylbutoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 197

HPLC t_(R) = 4.88 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 501.26 N-allyl-5-(6-(4-(2-ethylbutoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-amine 198

HPLC t_(R) = 4.53 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 511.04 5-(6-(2-bromo-5-propoxyphenyl)-2-(pyrazin-2- yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 199

HPLC t_(R) = 4.80 min LCMS[M + H]+ = 539.00 5-(6-(2-bromo-5-(isopentyloxy)phenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 200

HPLC t_(R) = 4.90 min LCMS[M + H]+ = 553.11 5-(6-(2-bromo-5-(3,3-dimethylbutoxy)phenyl)- 2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 201

HPLC t_(R) = 4.47 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 523.15 5-(6-(2-bromo-5-(cyclopropylmethoxy)phenyl)- 2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 202

HPLC t_(R) = 4.94 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 553.17 5-(6-(2-bromo-5-(2-ethylbutoxy)phenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 203

HPLC t_(R) = 5.01 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 553.11 5-(6-(2-bromo-5-(2-cyclohexylethoxy)phenyl)- 2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 204

HPLC t_(R) = 4.53 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 535.10 1-(5-(6-(2-chloro-5-(4,4,4-trifluorobutoxy)phenyl)- 2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)-3-propylurea 205

HPLC t_(R) = 4.46 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 479.16 1-(5-(6-(2-chloro-5-(cyclopropylmethoxy)phenyl)- 2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)-3-propylurea 206

HPLC t_(R) = 4.73 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 493.15 1-(5-(6-(2-chloro-5-(cyclobutylmethoxy)phenyl)- 2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)-3-propylurea 207

HPLC t_(R) = 4.60 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 515.15 5-(6-(5-(benzyloxy)-2-chlorophenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 208

HPLC t_(R) = 4.84 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 543.17 5-(6-(2-chloro-5-(3-phenylpropoxy)phenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 209

HPLC t_(R) = 4.90 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 509.17 5-(6-(2-chloro-5-(3,3-dimethylbutoxy)phenyl)- 2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 210

HPLC t_(R) = 5.18 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 535.21 5-(6-(2-chloro-5-(2-cyclohexylethoxy)phenyl)- 2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 211

HPLC t_(R) = 4.01 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 483.13 5-(6-(2-chloro-5-(2-methoxyethoxy)phenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 212

HPLC t_(R) = 3.32 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 524.21 5-(6-(2-chloro-5-(2-(diethylamino)ethoxy)phenyl)- 2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 213

HPLC t_(R) = 4.49 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 532.15 5-(6-(5-(3-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)propoxy)-2-chlorophenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 214

HPLC t_(R) = 4.19 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 369.26 5-(6-(2-methyl-4-propoxyphenyl)pyrimidin-4- yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 215

HPLC t_(R) = 4.01 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 383.28 5-(2-methyl-6-(2-methyl-4-propoxyphenyl)pyrimidin- 4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine

EXAMPLE 216 5-(6-(2,6-dimethyl-4-(pentan-3-yloxy)phenyl)-2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine

Step 1:

EXAMPLE 217 5-(6-(4-(benzyloxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)-2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine

Example 217 was prepared by utilizing a similar procedure as described for Example 45. HPLC Ret. time: 4.53 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z)=509.27. ¹H NMR: (CDCl₃, 500 MHz): δ 9.73 (d, 1H), 8.76 (d, 1H), 8.65 (d, 1H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.38 (m, 5H), 7.24 (s, 1H), 6.74 (s, 2H), 5.08 (s, 2H), 3.34 (m, 2H), 2.14 (s, 6H), 1.74 (m, 2H), 1.04 (t, 3H).

Step 2:

EXAMPLE 218 3,5-dimethyl-4-(6-(2-(propylamino)thiazol-5-yl)-2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)phenol

Example 217 (1.6 g, 3.15 mmol) was stirred in TFA (5 ml) at 60° C. for 4 hr. After cooling to rt, the TFA was removed in vacuo and resulting residue was then with aqueous sodium bicarbonate for 1 hr. The resulting solid, Example 218, was collected by vacuum filtration to yield 1.15 g (87%) pale brown solid. HPLC Ret. time: 3.47 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z)=419.19. ¹H NMR: (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 9.63 (d, 1H), 8.64 (d, 1H), 8.65 (d, 1H), 7.74 (s, 1H), 7.23 (s, 1H), 6.45 (s, 2H), 3.23 (m, 2H), 1.96 (s, 6H), 1.65 (m, 2H), 0.92 (t, 3H).

Step 3

EXAMPLE 216

To a solution of Example 218 (20.0 mg, 0.09 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (0.2 ml) was added NaH (5.4 mg, 0.14 mmol) at 0° C. under nitrogen atmosphere, after 2 min, the reaction mixture was further treated with 3-bromopentane (0.12 ml, 0.9 mmol) and resulting reaction solution was stirred at rt for 20 h. The mixture was diluted with water (2.0 ml) and extracted with methylene chloride (3×2 ml). The combined extracts was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The solid was purified by reverse-phase preparative HPLC and the fraction containing the product was concentrated in vacuo and diluted with 1.0 N aqueous hydrochloric acid (1-2 ml), and lyophilized to yield 8.0 mg (17%) of the titled compound as a yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 4.65 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z)=489.21. ¹H NMR: (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 9.69 (d, 1H), 8.71 (d, 1H), 8.60 (d, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.32 (s, 1H), 6.60 (s, 2H), 5.78 (brs, 1H), 4.09 (m, 1H), 3.29 (m, 2H), 2.08 (s, 6H), 1.71 (m, 2H), 1.62 (m, 4H), 0.98 (t, 3H), 0.90 (t, 6H).

EXAMPLES 219-241

Examples 219-241 listed in Table 13 below were prepared utilizing a similar procedure as described for Example 216. TABLE 13 Ex. # Compound Structure/Name HPLC and LCMS Data 219

HPLC t_(R) = 4.46 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 501.02 5-(6-(2-chloro-4-isopropoxyphenyl)-2-(pyrazin-2- yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 220

HPLC t_(R) = 4.89 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 495.25 5-(6-(2-chloro-4-(pentan-3-yloxy)phenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 221

HPLC t_(R) = 4.66 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 479.22 5-(6-(2-chloro-4-cyclobutoxyphenyl)-2-(pyrazin- 2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 222

HPLC t_(R) = 4.91 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 493.22 5-(6-(2-chloro-4-(cyclopentyloxy)phenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 223

HPLC t_(R) = 4.89 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 507.17 5-(6-(2-chloro-4-(cyclohexyloxy)phenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 224

HPLC t_(R) = 4.65 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 475.20 5-(6-(2-methyl-4-(pentan-3-yloxy)phenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 225

HPLC t_(R) = 4.62 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 473.19 -(6-(4-(cyclopentyloxy)-2-methylphenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 226

HPLC tR = 4.60 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 485.21 5-(6-(4-(cyclohex-2-enyloxy)-2-methylphenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 227

HPLC tR = 4.48 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 475.20 5-(6-(4-sec-butoxy-2,6-dimethylphenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 228

HPLC tR = 4.56 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 499.16 5-(6-(4-(cyclohex-2-enyloxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 229

HPLC tR = 4.55 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 523.19 5-(6-(2,6-dimethyl-4-(1-phenylethoxy)phenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 230

HPLC tR = 4.20 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 459.18 N-cyclopropyl-5-(6-(4-isopropoxy-2,6-dimethylphenyl)- 2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-amine 231

HPLC tR = 4.58 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 487.14 N-cyclopropyl-5-(6-(2,6-dimethyl-4-(pentan-3- yloxy)phenyl)-2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4- yl)thiazol-2-amine 232

HPLC tR = 4.53 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 485.14 5-(6-(4-(cyclopentyloxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N- cyclopropylthiazol-2-amine 233

HPLC tR = 4.46 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 501.02 5-(6-(2,6-dichloro-4-isopropoxyphenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 234

HPLC tR = 4.76 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 529.05 5-(6-(2,6-dichloro-4-(pentan-3-yloxy)phenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 235

HPLC tR = 4.71 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 527.05 5-(6-(2,6-dichloro-4-(cyclopentyloxy)phenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 236

HPLC tR = 4.64 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 563.02 5-(6-(2,6-dichloro-4-(1-phenylethoxy)phenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 237

HPLC tR = 4.70 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 537.07 5-(6-(2-bromo-5-(cyclopentyloxy)phenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 238

HPLC tR = 4.63 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 588.97 N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-5-(6-(2-bromo-5- isopropoxyphenyl)-2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4- yl)thiazol-2-amine 239

HPLC tR = 4.48 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 461.19 5-(6-(4-isopropoxy-2,5-dimethylphenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 240

HPLC tR = 4.76 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 499.16 5-(6-(4-(cyclohex-2-enyloxy)-2,5-dimethylphenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 241

HPLC t_(R) = 4.47 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 397.27 5-(6-(2-methyl-4-(pentan-3-yloxy)phenyl)- pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine

EXAMPLES 242-247 Examples 242-247 listed in Table 14 below were prepared utilizing a procedure as described in step 2 of Example 206

TABLE 14 Ex. # Compound Structure/Name HPLC and LCMS Data 242

HPLC t_(R) = 3.73 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 425.25 3-chloro-4-(6-(2-(propylamino)thiazol-5-yl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)phenol 243

HPLC t_(R) = 3.68 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 419.19 2,5-dimethyl-4-(6-(2-(propylamino)thiazol-5-yl)- 2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)phenol 244

HPLC t_(R) = 3.82 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 469.05 4-bromo-3-(6-(2-(propylamino)thiazol-5-yl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)phenol 245

HPLC t_(R) = 3.53 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 468.99 2-bromo-3-(6-(2-(propylamino)thiazol-5-yl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)phenol 246

HPLC t_(R) = 4.11 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 546.94 3-(6-(2-(4-methoxybenzylamino)thiazol-5-yl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-4-bromophenol 247

HPLC t_(R) = 3.36 min LCMS [M + H]+ = 417.23 4-(6-(2-(cyclopropylamino)thiazol-5-yl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-3,5-dimethylphenol

EXAMPLE 248 N-(5-(6-(2,6-dimethyl-4-propoxyphenyl)-2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)acetamide

Step 1:

EXAMPLE 249 N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-5-(6-(2,6-dimethyl-4-propoxyphenyl)-2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-amine

Example 249 was prepared by utilizing a similar procedure as described for Example 45. HPLC Ret. time: 4.57 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z)=539.22. ¹H NMR: (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 9.67 (d, 1H), 8.71 (d, 1H), 8.60 (d, 1H), 7.63 (s, 1H), 7.27 (d, 2H), 7.25 (s, 1H), 7.09 (brs, 1H) 6.85 (d, 2H), 6.61 (s, 2H), 4.42 (s, 2H), 3.88 (t, 2H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 6H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 0.98 (t, 3H).

Step 2:

EXAMPLE 250 5-(6-(2,6-dimethyl-4-propoxyphenyl)-2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-amine

Example 249 (300.0 mg, 0.56 mmol) was stirred in TFA (5 ml) at 60° C. for 24 hr. After cooling to rt, the TFA was removed in vacuo and resulting residue was then with aqueous sodium bicarbonate for 1 hr. The resulting solid, Example 250, was collected by vacuum filtration to yield 200.0 mg (85%) pale brown solid. HPLC Ret. time: 3.82 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z)=419.25. ¹H NMR: (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 9.76 (d, 1H), 9.34 (brs, 2H), 8.86 (d, 1H), 8.77 (d, 1H), 7.88 (s, 1H), 7.46 (s, 1H), 6.72 (s, 2H), 3.95 (t, 2H), 2.14 (s, 6H), 1.83 (m, 2H), 1.07 (t, 3H).

Step 3

EXAMPLE 248

To a slurry of Example 250 (25.0 mg, 0.06 mmol) in THF (0.2 ml), was added TEA (16.7 ul, 0.12 mmol) and acetyl chloride (8.5 ul, 0.12 mmol). After stirring at rt for 10 min, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (2 ml). A light yellow solid was collected by vacuum filtration, and dried to afford 17.0 mg (62%) of Example 250 as a solid. HPLC Ret. time: 4.34 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z)=461.27. ¹H NMR: (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 13.72 (s, 1H), 9.73 (d, 1H), 8.80 (d, 1H), 8.71 (d, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.49 (s, 1H), 6.64 (s, 2H), 3.89 (t, 2H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 6H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 0.99 (t, 3H).

EXAMPLES 251-262

Examples 251-262 listed in Table 15 below were prepared utilizing a similar procedure as described for Example 248. TABLE 15 Ex. # Compound Structure/Name HPLC and LCMS Data 251

HPLC t_(R) = 4.08 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 482.94 N-(5-(6-(2-bromo-5-methoxyphenyl)-2-(pyrazin- 2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)acetamide 252

HPLC t_(R) = 5.10 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 579.20 N-(5-(6-(2-bromo-5-(2-cyclohexylethoxy)phenyl)- 2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)acetamide 253

HPLC t_(R) = 5.57 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 736.31, 738.32 tert-butyl 5-(5-(6-(2-bromo-5-(2-cyclohexylethoxy)phenyl)- 2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-ylamino)-5-oxopentylcarbamate 254

HPLC t_(R) = 4.61 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 636.26, 638.26 5-amino-N-(5-(6-(2-bromo-5-(2-cyclohexylethoxy)phenyl)- 2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)pentanamide 255

HPLC t_(R) = 4.02 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 473.04 N-(5-(6-(4-methoxy-2,6-dimethylphenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)acetamide 256

HPLC t_(R) = 4.26 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 499.09 N-(5-(6-(2,6-dichloro-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin- 4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)cyclopropanecarboxamide 257

HPLC t_(R) = 4.58 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 489.28 N-(5-(6-(2,6-dimethyl-4-(pentan-3-yloxy)phenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)acetamide 258

HPLC t_(R) = 4.67 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 503.26 N-(5-(6-(2,6-dimethyl-4-(pentan-3-yloxy)phenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)propionamide 259

HPLC t_(R) = 4.59 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 515.25 N-(5-(6-(2,6-dimethyl-4-(pentan-3-yloxy)phenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)cyclopropanecarboxamide 260

HPLC t_(R) = 4.75 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 517.30 N-(5-(6-(2,6-dimethyl-4-(pentan-3-yloxy)phenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)isobutyramide 261

HPLC t_(R) = 4.59 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 519.27 N-(5-(6-(2,6-dimethyl-4-(pentan-3-yloxy)phenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)-2-methoxyacetamide 262

HPLC t_(R) = 4.61 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 501.23 N-(5-(6-(2,6-dimethyl-4-propoxyphenyl)-2-(pyrazin-2- yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)cyclobutanecarboxamide

EXAMPLE 263 1-allyl-3-(5-(6-(2,6-dimethyl-4-(pentan-3-yloxy)phenyl)-2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)urea

Step 1:

EXAMPLE 264 5-(6-(2,6-dimethyl-4-(pentan-3-yloxy)phenyl)-2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-amine

Example 264 was prepared by utilizing a similar procedure as described in step 5 of Example 138. HPLC Ret. time: 4.15 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z)=447.31. ¹H NMR: (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 9.74 (d, 1H), 9.64 (brs, 2H), 8.75 (d, 1H), 8.71 (d, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 6.66 (s, 2H), 4.16 (m, 1H), 1.67 (m, 4H), 0.96 (t, 6H).

Step 2

EXAMPLE 263

To a slurry of Example 264 (20.0 mg, 0.056 mmol) in THF (0.2 ml) was added TEA (8.5 ul, 0.062 mmol) and isopropylisocyanate (0.05 ml, 0.5 mmol). After stirred at rt. for 60 hr, the solvent was removed in vacuo. The oil residue was purified by reverse-phase preparative HPLC and the fraction containing the product was concentrated in vacuo and diluted with 1.0 N aqueous hydrochloric acid (1-2 ml), and lyophilized to yield 18.5 mg (58.4%) yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 4.66 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z)=530.24. ¹H NMR: (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 9.78 (d, 1H), 8.76 (d, 1H), 8.19 (brs, 1H), 7.52 (m, 2H), 6.69 (s, 2H), 5.91 (m, 1H), 5.32 (m, 1H), 5.21 (m, 1H), 4.17 (m, 1H), 4.01 (d, 2H), 2.15 (s, 6H), 1.70 (m, 4H), 0.98 (t, 6H).

EXAMPLES 265-305

Examples 265-305 listed in Table 16 below were prepared utilizing a similar procedure as described for Example 263. TABLE 16 Ex. # Compound Structure/Name HPLC and LCMS Data 265

HPLC t_(R) = 4.03 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 497.93 1-(5-(6-(2-bromo-5-methoxyphenyl)-2-(pyrazin- 2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)-3-methylurea 267

HPLC t_(R) = 5.03 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 594.15 1-(5-(6-(2-bromo-5-(2-cyclohexylethoxy)phenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)-3-methylurea 268

HPLC t_(R) = 5.20 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 620.20, 622.20 1-allyl-3-(5-(6-(2-bromo-5-(2-cyclohexylethoxy)phenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)urea 269

HPLC t_(R) = 5.71 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 650.24, 652.24 1-(5-(6-(2-bromo-5-(2-cyclohexylethoxy)phenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)-3-pentylurea 270

HPLC t_(R) = 5.26 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 622.16, 624.16 1-(5-(6-(2-bromo-5-(2-cyclohexylethoxy)phenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)-3-isopropylurea 271

HPLC t_(R) = 5.53 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 550.26 1-(5-(6-(2-chloro-5-(2-cyclohexylethoxy)phenyl)- 2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)-3-methylurea 272

HPLC t_(R) = 5.04 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 530.23 1-(5-(6-(5-(2-cyclohexylethoxy)-2-methylphenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)-3-methylurea 273

HPLC t_(R) = 4.76 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 546.26 1-(5-(6-(5-(2-cyclohexylethoxy)-2-methoxyphenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)-3-methylurea 274

HPLC t_(R) = 4.29 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 476.22 1-(5-(6-(2,6-dimethyl-4-propoxyphenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)-3-methylurea 275

HPLC t_(R) = 4.43 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 502.26 1-allyl-3-(5-(6-(2,6-dimethyl-4-propoxyphenyl)- 2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)urea 276

HPLC t_(R) = 4.49 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 504.27 1-(5-(6-(2,6-dimethyl-4-propoxyphenyl)-2-(pyrazin-2- yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)-3-isopropylurea 277

HPLC t_(R) = 4.52 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 504.28 1-(5-(6-(2,6-dimethyl-4-(pentan-3-yloxy)phenyl)- 2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)-3-methylurea 278

HPLC t_(R) = 4.92 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 560.29 1-(5-(6-(2,6-dimethyl-4-(pentan-3-yloxy)phenyl)- 2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)-3-pentylurea 279

HPLC t_(R) = 4.70 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 532.28 1-(5-(6-(2,6-dimethyl-4-(pentan-3-yloxy)phenyl)- 2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)-3-isopropylurea 280

HPLC t_(R) = 4.83 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 558.28 1-cyclopentyl-3-(5-(6-(2,6-dimethyl-4-(pentan-3- yloxy)phenyl)-2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)urea 281

HPLC t_(R) = 4.66 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 530.24 1-allyl-3-(5-(6-(2,6-dimethyl-4-(pentan-3-yloxy)phenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)urea 282

HPLC t_(R) = 4.03 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 601.38 1-(5-(6-(2,6-dimethyl-4-(pentan-3-yloxy)phenyl)-2-(pyrazin-2- yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)-3-(2-(piperidin-1-yl)ethyl)urea 283

HPLC t_(R) = 4.04 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 601.38 1-(5-(6-(2,6-dimethyl-4-(pentan-3-yloxy)phenyl)-2-(pyrazin-2- yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)-3-(2-(1-methylpyrrolidin-2-yl)ethyl)urea 284

HPLC t_(R) = 4.01 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 617.35 1-(5-(6-(2,6-dimethyl-4-(pentan-3-yloxy)phenyl)-2-(pyrazin-2- yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)-3-(3-morpholinopropyl)urea 285

HPLC t_(R) = 3.95 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 573.35 N-(5-(6-(2,6-dimethyl-4-(pentan-3-yloxy)phenyl)-2-(pyrazin-2- yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)-4-methylpiperazine-1-carboxamide 286

HPLC t_(R) = 3.88 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 448.25 1-(5-(6-(4-methoxy-2,6-dimethylphenyl)-2-(pyrazin-2- yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)-3-methylurea 287

HPLC t_(R) = 4.06 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 462.31 1-ethyl-3-(5-(6-(4-methoxy-2,6-dimethylphenyl)- 2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)urea 288

HPLC t_(R) = 4.19 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 476.26 1-isopropyl-3-(5-(6-(4-methoxy-2,6-dimethylphenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)urea 289

HPLC t_(R) = 4.18 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 474.22 1-cyclopropyl-3-(5-(6-(4-methoxy-2,6-dimethylphenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)urea 290

HPLC t_(R) = 3.91 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 492.30 1-(3-hydroxypropyl)-3-(5-(6-(4-methoxy-2,6-dimethylphenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)urea 291

HPLC t_(R) = 3.43 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 505.21 1-(5-(6-(4-methoxy-2,6-dimethylphenyl)-2-(pyrazin-2- yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)-3-(3-(methylamino)propyl)urea 292

HPLC t_(R) = 3.45 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 519.28 1-(3-(dimethylamino)propyl)-3-(5-(6-(4-methoxy-2,6- dimethylphenyl)-2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)urea 293

HPLC t_(R) = 3.98 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 488.05 1-(5-(6-(2,6-dichloro-4-methoxyphenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)-3-methylurea 294

HPLC t_(R) = 4.13 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 502.06 1-(5-(6-(2,6-dichloro-4-methoxyphenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)-3-ethylurea 295

HPLC t_(R) = 4.19 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 514.08 1-allyl-3-(5-(6-(2,6-dichloro-4-methoxyphenyl)- 2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)ureaethylurea 296

HPLC t_(R) = 4.26 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 516.04 11-(5-(6-(2,6-dichloro-4-methoxyphenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)-3-isopropylurea 297

HPLC t_(R) = 4.45 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 542.06 1-cyclopentyl-3-(5-(6-(2,6-dichloro-4-methoxyphenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)urea 298

HPLC t_(R) = 3.60 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 487.13 1-(5-(6-(2,6-dichloro-4-methoxyphenyl)-2- (pyridin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)-3-methylurea 299

HPLC t_(R) = 3.90 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 515.18 1-(5-(6-(2,6-dichloro-4-methoxyphenyl)-2- (pyridin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)-3-isopropylurea 300

HPLC t_(R) = 4.08 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 529.20 1-tert-butyl-3-(5-(6-(2,6-dichloro-4-methoxyphenyl)-2- (pyridin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)urea 301

HPLC t_(R) = 4.76 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 513.20 1-cyclopropyl-3-(5-(6-(2,6-dichloro-4-methoxyphenyl)-2- (pyridin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)urea 302

HPLC t_(R) = 3.97 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 527.20 1-cyclobutyl-3-(5-(6-(2,6-dichloro-4-methoxyphenyl)-2- (pyridin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)urea 303

HPLC t_(R) = 3.62 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 531.20 (R)-1-(5-(6-(2,6-dichloro-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-(pyridin-2- yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)-3-(1-hydroxypropan-2-yl)urea 304

HPLC t_(R) = 3.60 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 531.20 (S)-1-(5-(6-(2,6-dichloro-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-(pyridin-2- yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)-3-(1-hydroxypropan-2-yl)urea 305

HPLC t_(R) = 4.08 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 529.20 1-(5-(6-(2,6-dichloro-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-(pyridin-2- yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)-3-isobutylurea

EXAMPLE 306 Methyl 5-(6-(2,6-dimethyl-4-(pentan-3-yloxy)phenyl)-2-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-ylcarbamate

To a slurry of Example 264 (25.0 mg, 0.056 mmol) in THF (0.2 ml) was added TEA (8.5 ul, 0.062 mmol) and methyl chloformate (0.0052 ml, 0.067 mmol). After stirred at rt. for 1 hr, the solvent was removed in vacuo. The oil residue was purified by reverse-phase preparative HPLC and the fraction containing the product was concentrated in vacuo and diluted with 1.0 N aqueous hydrochloric acid (1-2 ml), and lyophilized to yield 18.5 mg (58.4%) yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 4.64 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z)=505.23. ¹H NMR: (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 9.80(d, 1H), 8.82 (d, 1H), 8.74 (s, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.54 (s, 1H), 6.69 (s, 2H), 4.17 (m, 1H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 2.15 (s, 6H), 1.70 (m, 4H), 0.98 (t, 6H).

EXAMPLES 307-315

Examples 307-315 listed in Table 18 below were prepared from Example 264 according to the general procedure described in Example 306 TABLE 17 Ex. # Compound Structure/Name HPLC and LCMS Data 307

HPLC t_(R) = 4.14 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 489.01 methyl 5-(6-(2,6-dichloro-4-methoxyphenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-ylcarbamate 308

HPLC t_(R) = 4.04 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 449.26 methyl 5-(6-(4-methoxy-2,6-dimethylphenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-ylcarbamate 309

HPLC t_(R) = 4.43 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 474.15 methyl 5-(6-(2-methyl-4-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)phenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-ylcarbamate 310

HPLC t_(R) = 4.36 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 512.90, 514.90 ethyl 5-(6-(2-bromo-5-methoxyphenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-ylcarbamate 311

HPLC t_(R) = 5.12 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 531.23 methyl 5-(6-(5-(2-cyclohexylethoxy)-2-methylphenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-ylcarbamate 312

HPLC t_(R) = 5.36 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 545.23 ethyl 5-(6-(5-(2-cyclohexylethoxy)-2-methylphenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-ylcarbamate 313

HPLC t_(R) = 4.58 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 547.27 methyl 5-(6-(5-(2-cyclohexylethoxy)-2-methoxyphenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-ylcarbamate 314

HPLC t_(R) = 5.29 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 561.28 ethyl 5-(6-(5-(2-cyclohexylethoxy)-2-methoxyphenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-ylcarbamate 315

HPLC t_(R) = 4.85 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 567.26 phenyl 5-(6-(2,6-dimethyl-4-(pentan-3-yloxy)phenyl)-2- (pyrazin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-2-ylcarbamate

EXAMPLES 316-317

Examples 316-317 listed in Table 18 below were prepared from Example 71 according to the general procedure described in Example 65. TABLE 18 HPLC and Ex. # Compound Structure/Name LCMS Data 316

HPLC t_(R) =2.50 min LCMS [M +H]⁺ =447.17 4-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)- thiazol-5-yl)-N-(piperidin-4-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine 317

HPLC t_(R) =2.55 min LCMS [M +H]⁺ =433.13 4-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-6-(2- (isopropylamino)-thiazol-5-yl)-N- ((S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine

EXAMPLE 318 4-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol-5-yl)pyrimidin-2-ol

Example 318 was prepared from 5-(6-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-isopropylthiazol-2-amine utilizing a similar procedure as described in Example 50 by substituting 1-methylpiperazine with 1N NaOH aqueous solution. Yellow solid. HPLC Ret. time: 2.55 min. LCMS MH⁺ (m/z) 347.20. ¹H NMR: (d₆-DMSO, 500 MHz) δ 11.58 (br, 1H), 8.41 (d, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 7.60 (m, 1H), 7.55 (m, 2H), 7.48 (m, 1H), 6.86 (br. s, 1H), 3.86 (m, 1H), 1.18 (d, 6H).

EXAMPLE 319-333

Examples 319-333 listed in Table 19 below were prepared as previously described for Example 24. TABLE 19 Ex. # Compound Structure/Name HPLC and LCMS Data 319

HPLC t_(R) = 4.34 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 417.24 5-(6-(4-(benzyloxy)-2-methylphenyl)pyrimidin- 4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 320

HPLC t_(R) = 4.19 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 431.22 5-(6-(4-(benzyloxy)-2-methylphenyl)-2- methylpyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 321

HPLC t_(R) = 4.64 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 508.22 5-(6-(4-(benzyloxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)-2- (pyridin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 322

HPLC t_(R) = 4.48 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 508.23 5-(6-(4-(benzyloxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)-2-(pyridin-3- yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 323

HPLC t_(R) = 4.43 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 508.24 5-(6-(4-(benzyloxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)-2-(pyridin-4- yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 324

HPLC t_(R) = 4.42 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 516.27 5-(6-(4-(benzyloxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)-2-morpholino- pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 325

HPLC t_(R) = 3.88 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 446.32 5-(2-amino-6-(4-(benzyloxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)- pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 326

HPLC t_(R) = 4.04 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 449.23 5-(6-(2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-2-(5-methylpyrazin- 2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 327

HPLC t_(R) = 4.22 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 474.44 5-(2-(4-(dimethylamino)phenyl)-6-(4-methoxy-2,6- dimethylphenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 328

HPLC t_(R) = 4.59 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 501.22 5-(6-(2,6-dichloro-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)- pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 329

HPLC t_(R) = 4.62 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 501.22 5-(6-(2,6-dichloro-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-(3-methoxyphenyl)- pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 330

HPLC t_(R) = 4.69 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 527.23 5-(6-(4-(benzyloxy)-2-chlorophenyl)-2-o- tolylpyrimidin-4-yl)-N-propylthiazol-2-amine 331

HPLC t_(R) = 3.30 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 452.10 332

HPLC t_(R) = 3.52 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 453.09 333

HPLC t_(R) = 3.90 min LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 469.09 

1. A compound of formula (I

enantiomers, diastereomers, pharmaceutically-acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein: two of X₁, X₂, and X₃ are N, and the remaining one of X₁, X₂, and X₃ is CR₁; R₁ is hydrogen or —CN; n is zero, 1, 2, or 3; each R₂ is independently C₁-C₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, —OR₄, —SR₄, —CO₂R₄, —C(═O)NR₄R₅, —NR₄R₅, —S(═O)R₆, —SO₂R₆, —SO₂NR₄R₅, —NR₄SO₂NR₅R₆, —NR₄SO₂R₆, —NR₄C(═O)R₅, —NR₄CO₂R₅, —NR₄C(═O)NR₅R₆, halogen, cyano, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo, and/or substituted heterocyclo; G is a monocyclic five- or six-membered heteroaryl, which is optionally substituted with one to three R₃; each R₃ is independently hydrogen, C₁-C₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, —OR₄, —SR₄, —CO₂R₄, —C(═O)NR₄R₅, —NR₄R₅, —S(═O)R₆, —SO₂R₆, —NR₄SO₂NR₅R₆, —NR₄SO₂R₆, —NR₄C(═O)R₅, —NR₄CO₂R₅, —NR₄C(═O)NR₅R₆, halogen, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo, and/or substituted heterocyclo; each R₄ is independently hydrogen, C₁-C₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo, and/or substituted heterocyclo; each R₅ is independently hydrogen, C₁-C₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkyl, and/or substituted cycloalkyl; wherein when R₄ and R₅ are alkyl and/or substituted alkyl and are bonded to the same atom, R₄ and R₅ can be optionally linked together to form a four-, five-, or six-membered ring heterocyclo or substituted heterocyclo; each R₆ is independently C₁₋₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo, and/or substituted heterocyclo; wherein when R₅ and R₆ are alkyl and/or substituted alkyl and are bonded to the same atom, R₅ and R₆ can be optionally linked together to form a four-, five-, or six-membered ring heterocyclo or substituted heterocyclo; Z is hydrogen, C₁-C₈ alkyl, C₁-C₈ substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, —OR₇, —SR₇, —CO₂R₇, —C(═O)NR₇R₈, —NR₇R₈, —S(═O)R₉, —SO₂R₈, —SO₂NR₇R₈, —NR₇SO₂NR₈R₉, —NR₇SO₂R₉, —NR₇C(═O)R₈, —NR₇CO₂R₈, —NR₇C(═O)NR₈R₉, halogen, cyano, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo, or substituted heterocyclo; R₇ is hydrogen, C₁-C₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo, or substituted heterocyclo; R₈ is hydrogen, C₁-C₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkyl, or substituted cycloalkyl; wherein when R₇ and R₈ are alkyl and/or substituted alkyl and are bonded to the same atom, R₇ and R₈ can be optionally linked together to form a four-, five-, or six-membered ring heterocyclo or substituted heterocyclo; R₉ is C₁-C₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo, or substituted heterocyclo; and wherein when R₈ and R₉ are alkyl and are bonded to the same atom, R₈ and R₉ can be optionally linked together to form a four-, five-, or six-membered ring heterocyclo or substituted heterocyclo; with the provisos that: (a) G is not thiazolyl with 4-methyl substitution or oxazolyl with 4-methyl substitution; (b) G is not 2-pyridyl, substituted 2-pyridyl, or dichlorothienyl when Z is hydrogen; (c) G is not substituted 2-pyridyl when Z is —OR₇ or chlorine; (d) G is not

 wherein X is hydrogen or alkali, when Z is hydrogen and R₁ is hydrogen; (e) G is not unsubstituted pyrazolyl or 4-pyridyl when n is zero and Z is hydrogen; (f) G is not isoxazolyl substituted with phenyl or isoxazolyl substituted with substituted phenyl when n is 1, R₂ is chlorine, and Z is hydrogen; (g) G is not 3-pyridyl or dichloro-4-pyridyl when Z is hydrogen, R₁ is hydrogen, and at least one R₂ is —C(═O)OX, wherein X is hydrogen or alkali; (h) n is 1, 2, or 3 when R₁ is —CN; (i) R₂ is not optionally substituted phenoxy attached to para-position of the phenyl ring; (j) R₇ is not pyrazolyl, substituted pyrazolyl, alkyl substituted triazolyl, indazolyl, or substituted indazolyl when Z is —NR₇R₈; (k) Z is not NR₇R₈ when R₁ is —CN; and (l) n is 1, 2, or 3 when Z is unsubstituted phenyl.
 2. The compound according to claim 1 wherein X₂ and X₃ are N, and X₁ is —CR₁.
 3. The compound according to claim 1 wherein G is thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, or pyridazinyl, which is optionally substituted with one to three R₃.
 4. The compound according to claim 1 wherein Z is —NR₇R₈, —NR₇SO₂NR₈R₉, pyridyl, or substituted pyridyl.
 5. A compound of formula (I)

wherein: two of X₁, X₂, and X₃ are N, and the remaining one of X₁, X₂, and X₃ is —CR₁; R₁ is hydrogen or —CN; n is zero, 1, 2, or 3; each R₂ is independently C₁-C₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, —OR₄, —SR₄, —CO₂R₄, —C(═O)NR₄R₅, —NR₄R₅, —S(—O)R₆, —SO₂R₆, —SO₂NR₄R₅, —NR₄SO₂NR₅R₆, —NR₄SO₂R₆, —NR₄C(═O)R₅, —NR₄CO₂R₅, —NR₄C(═O)NR₅R₆, halogen, cyano, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo, and/or substituted heterocyclo; G is —C(═O)NR₄R₅, —NR₄SO₂NR₅R₆, —NR₄SO₂R₆, —NR₄C(═O)R₅, —NR₄C(═O)NR₅R₆, or a monocyclic five- or six-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one to three R₃; each R₃ is independently hydrogen, C₁-C₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, —OR₄, —SR₄, —CO₂R₄, —C(═O)NR₄R₅, —NR₄R₅, —S(═O)R₆, —SO₂R₆, —NR₄SO₂NR₅R₆, —NR₄SO₂R₆, —NR₄C(═O)R₅, —NR₄CO₂R₅, —NR₄C(═O)NR₅R₆, halogen, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo, and/or substituted heterocyclo; each R₄ is independently hydrogen, C₁-C₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo, and/or substituted heterocyclo; each R₅ is independently hydrogen, C₁-C₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkyl, and/or cycloalkyl; wherein when R₄ and R₅ are alkyl and/or substituted alkyl and are bonded to the same atom, R₄ and R₅ can be optionally linked together to form a four-, five-, or six-membered ring heterocyclo or substituted heterocyclo; each R₆ is independently C₁-C₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo, and/or substituted heterocyclo; wherein when R₅ and R₆ are alkyl and/or substituted alkyl and are bonded to the same atom, R₅ and R₆ can be optionally linked together to form a four-, five-, or six-membered ring heterocyclo or substituted heterocyclo; Z is —NR₇R₈ or pyridyl, pyridazinyl, or pyrazinyl optionally substituted with one to three R₁₀; R₇ is independently hydrogen, C₁-C₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo, or substituted heterocyclo; R₈ is independently hydrogen, C₁-C₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkyl, or substituted cycloalkyl; wherein when R₇ and R₈ are alkyl and/or substituted alkyl and are bonded to the same atom, R₇ and R₈ can be optionally linked together to form a four-, five-, or six-membered ring heterocyclo or substituted heterocyclo; and each R₁₀ is independently halogen, cyano, C₁-C₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and/or substituted alkynyl; with the provisos that: (a) G is not thiazolyl with 4-methyl substitution or oxazolyl with 4-methyl substitution; (b) n is 1, 2, or 3 when R₁ is —CN; (c) R₇ is not pyrazolyl, substituted pyrazolyl, indazolyl, substituted indazolyl, or alkyl substituted triazolyl when Z is —NR₇R₈; and (d) Z is not —NR₇R₈ when R₁ is —CN.
 6. The compound according to claim 5 wherein X₂ and X₃ are N, and X₁ is —CR₁.
 7. The compound according to claim 5 wherein G is selected from thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, and pyridazinyl, which is optionally substituted with one to three R₃.
 8. The compound according to claim 5 wherein G is —C(═O)NR₄R₅, —NR₄SO₂NR₅R₆, —NR₄SO₂R₆, —NR₄C(═O)R₅, or —NR₄C(═O)NR₅R₆.
 9. The compound according to claim 5 wherein Z is —NR₇R₈, pyridyl, or substituted pyridyl.
 10. A compound of formula

wherein: two of X₁, X₂, and X₃ are N, and the remaining one of X₁, X₂, and X₃ is —CR₁; R₁ is hydrogen or —CN; n is zero, 1, 2, or 3; each R₂ is independently C₁-C₈ alkyl, C₁-C₈ substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, —OR₄, —SR₄, —CO₂R₄, —C(═O)NR₄R₅, —NR₄R₅, —S(═O)R₆, —SO₂R₆, —SO₂NR₄R₅, —NR₄SO₂NR₅R₆, —NR₄SO₂R₆, —NR₄C(═O)R₅, —NR₄CO₂R₅, —NR₄C(═O)NR₅R₆, halogen, cyano, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo, substituted heterocyclo; each R₄ is independently hydrogen, C₁-C₈ alkyl, C₁-C₈ substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo, and/or substituted heterocyclo; each R₅ is independently hydrogen, C₁-C₈ alkyl, and/or C₁-C₈ substituted alkyl; wherein when R₄ and R₅ are alkyl and/or substituted alkyl and are bonded to the same atom, R₄ and R₅ can be optionally linked together to form a four-, five-, or six-membered ring heterocyclo or substituted heterocyclo; and each R₆ is independently C₁-C₈ alkyl, C₁-C₈ substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo, and/or substituted heterocyclo; wherein when R₅ and R₆ are alkyl and/or substituted alkyl and are bonded to the same atom, R₅ and R₆ can be optionally linked together to form a four-, five-, or six-membered ring heterocyclo or substituted heterocyclo; G is —C(═O)NR₄R₅, —NR₄SO₂NR₅R₆, —NR₄SO₂R₆, —NR₄C(═O)R₅, or —NR₄C(═O)NR₅R₆; Z is hydrogen, C₁-C₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, —OR₇, —SR₇, —CO₂R₇, —C(═O)NR₇R₈, —NR₇R₈, —S(═O)R₉, —SO₂R₉, —SO₂NR₇R₈, —NR₇SO₂NR₈R₉, —NR₇SO₂R₉, —NR₇C(═O)R₈, —NR₇CO₂R₈, —NR₇C(═O)NR₈R₉, halogen, cyano, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo, and/or substituted heterocyclo; R₇ is hydrogen, C₁-C₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo, or substituted heterocyclo; R₈ is hydrogen, C₁-C₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkyl, or substituted cycloalkyl; wherein when R₇ and R₈ are alkyl or substituted alkyl and are bonded to the same atom, R₇ and R₈ can be optionally linked together to form a four-, five-, or six-membered ring heterocyclo or substituted heterocyclo; R₉ is C₁-C₈ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo, or substituted heterocyclo; and wherein when R₈ and R₉ are alkyl or substituted alkyl and are bonded to the same atom, R₈ and R₉ can be optionally linked together to form a four-, five-, or six-membered ring heterocyclo or substituted heterocyclo; with the provisos that: (a) when R₁ is —CN and G is —NR₄C(═O)R₅, then R₅ is hydrogen; (b) R₂ is not optionally substituted phenoxy attached to para-position of the phenyl; and (c) n is 1, 2, or 3 when Z is unsubstituted phenyl.
 11. The compound according to claim 10 wherein X₂ and X₃ are N, and X₁ is —CR₁.
 12. A pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one compound according to claim 1 and a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier or diluent.
 13. A pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one compound according to claim 5 and a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier or diluent.
 14. A pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one compound according to claim 10 and a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier or diluent.
 15. A method of treating an inflammatory disorder and/or cancer comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment a pharmaceutical composition according to claim
 12. 16. A method of inhibiting p38 kinase, LIM kinase 1, and/or LIM kinase 2 in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal in need of such treatment at least one compound according to claim
 1. 17. A method of treating an inflammatory disorder and/or cancer comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment a pharmaceutical composition according to claim
 13. 18. A method of inhibiting p38 kinase, LIM kinase 1, and/or LIM kinase 2 in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal in need of such treatment at least one compound according to claim
 5. 19. A method of treating an inflammatory disorder and/or cancer comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment a pharmaceutical composition according to claim
 14. 20. A method of inhibiting p38 kinase, LIM kinase 1, and/or LIM kinase 2 in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal in need of such treatment at least one compound according to claim
 10. 